JP7048913B2 - Electrolytes, electrochemical devices, lithium-ion secondary batteries and modules - Google Patents

Description

The present disclosure relates to electrolytes, electrochemical devices, lithium ion secondary batteries and modules.

With the recent weight reduction and miniaturization of electric products, the development of electrochemical devices such as lithium ion secondary batteries having high energy density is being promoted. Further, as the application fields of electrochemical devices such as lithium ion secondary batteries expand, improvement of characteristics is required. Especially in the future, when lithium-ion secondary batteries are used for automobiles, improvement of battery characteristics will become more and more important.

Patent Document 1 describes an electrolytic solution containing a compound such as methyl acrylate.

Patent Document 2 describes an electrolytic solution containing a compound such as N, N-dimethylacrylamide or N-allylacrylamide.

Patent Document 3 describes an electrolytic solution containing oxalic acid silyl esters.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-185212 Japanese Patent No. 487589 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-145702

It is an object of the present disclosure to provide an electrolytic solution capable of improving the cycle characteristics of an electrochemical device, and an electrochemical device provided with the electrolytic solution.
It is also an object of the present disclosure to provide novel fluorinated acrylic acid silyl ester compounds.

（式中、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３は、互いに独立に、Ｈ、Ｆ、炭素数１～２のフッ素化アルキル基、フッ素化ビニル基又はフッ素化エチニル基であり、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３の少なくとも１つがＦ、炭素数１～２のフッ素化アルキル基、フッ素化ビニル基又はフッ素化エチニル基である。
Ｒ^１０４は、互いに独立に、Ｈ、Ｆ、ＯＨ、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数１～７のアルキル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルケニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルキニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数６～１５のアリール基、炭素数３～９のトリアルキルシリル基、又は、炭素数１～７のフッ素化されてもよいアルコキシ基であり、構造中にＯ、Ｓ、Ｎ及びＳｉからなる群より選択される少なくとも１種の原子を含んでいてもよい。）The present disclosure relates to an electrolytic solution containing a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1):

(In the formula, R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are H, F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group or a fluorinated ethynyl group, respectively, and are R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² . And at least one of R ¹⁰³ is F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group, or a fluorinated ethynyl group.
R ¹⁰⁴ may be H, F, OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and fluorinated independently of each other. An alkynyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated. It is a group and may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si in the structure. )

In the above compound, R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² are preferably H, and R ¹⁰³ is preferably F.

The present disclosure also relates to an electrochemical device comprising the electrolytic solution.

The present disclosure also relates to a lithium ion secondary battery characterized by comprising the above electrolytic solution.

Further, the present disclosure also relates to a module comprising the electrochemical device or the lithium ion secondary battery.

（式中、Ｒ^１１４は、互いに独立に、Ｈ、Ｆ、ＯＨ、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数１～７のアルキル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルケニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルキニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数６～１５のアリール基、炭素数３～９のトリアルキルシリル基、又は、炭素数１～７のフッ素化されてもよいアルコキシ基であり、構造中にＯ、Ｓ、Ｎ及びＳｉからなる群より選択される少なくとも１種の原子を含んでいてもよい。）で表されることを特徴とする化合物にも関する。The present disclosure is based on the following general formula (11):

(In the formula, R ¹¹⁴ is H, F, OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and fluorination independently of each other. An alkoxyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or a fluorinated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. It is also an alkoxy group which may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si in the structure). Related.

According to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure, the cycle characteristics of the electrochemical device can be improved. The electrochemical device provided with the electrolytic solution has excellent cycle characteristics.
Further, according to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a novel fluorinated acrylic acid silyl ester compound.

Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be specifically described.

（式中、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３は、互いに独立に、Ｈ、Ｆ、炭素数１～２のフッ素化アルキル基、フッ素化ビニル基又はフッ素化エチニル基であり、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３の少なくとも１つがＦ、炭素数１～２のフッ素化アルキル基、フッ素化ビニル基又はフッ素化エチニル基である。
Ｒ^１０４は、互いに独立に、Ｈ、Ｆ、ＯＨ、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数１～７のアルキル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルケニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数２～７のアルキニル基、フッ素化されてもよい炭素数６～１５のアリール基、炭素数３～９のトリアルキルシリル基、又は、炭素数１～７のフッ素化されてもよいアルコキシ基であり、構造中にＯ、Ｓ、Ｎ及びＳｉからなる群より選択される少なくとも１種の原子を含んでいてもよい。）
上記特徴により、本開示の電解液は、電気化学デバイスのサイクル特性を向上させることができる。
本開示の電解液は、また、高温保存特性に優れる（例えば、高温保存後のガス発生量が少なく、容量維持率が高く、抵抗増加率が低い）電気化学デバイスを与えることもできる。
また、従来、ビニレンカーボネートおよびその誘導体を含有する電解液（特開平８－４５５４５号公報）やハロゲン原子置換環状炭酸エステルを含有する電解液（国際公開第９８／１５０２４号公報）が提案されている。しかし、これらの化合物を含む電解液は、当該化合物が、負極表面で還元分解されて被膜を形成し、この被膜により電解液の過度の分解が抑制され、充放電サイクルを向上させる効果がある一方、高温環境下や高電圧条件下において二次電池を貯蔵した場合や充放電サイクルを繰り返した場合に発生するガス量が多いという問題があった。本開示の電解液は、化合物（１）を含むことにより、高温保存時や充放電サイクル時に発生するガス量を低く抑えることができ、正極からの金属溶出低減による低抵抗維持により電池特性を向上させることができる。The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is characterized by containing a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1):

(In the formula, R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are H, F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group or a fluorinated ethynyl group, respectively, and are R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² . And at least one of R ¹⁰³ is F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group, or a fluorinated ethynyl group.
R ¹⁰⁴ may be H, F, OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and fluorinated independently of each other. An alkynyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated. It is a group and may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si in the structure. )
Due to the above characteristics, the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure can improve the cycle characteristics of the electrochemical device.
The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure can also provide an electrochemical device having excellent high temperature storage characteristics (for example, a small amount of gas generated after high temperature storage, a high capacity retention rate, and a low resistance increase rate).
Further, conventionally, an electrolytic solution containing vinylene carbonate and its derivative (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-45545) and an electrolytic solution containing a halogen atom-substituted cyclic carbonate ester (International Publication No. 98/15024) have been proposed. .. However, the electrolytic solution containing these compounds has the effect of reducing and decomposing the compound on the surface of the negative electrode to form a film, which suppresses excessive decomposition of the electrolytic solution and improves the charge / discharge cycle. There is a problem that a large amount of gas is generated when the secondary battery is stored or when the charge / discharge cycle is repeated under a high temperature environment or a high voltage condition. By containing the compound (1), the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure can suppress the amount of gas generated during high-temperature storage and charge / discharge cycle to a low level, and improve battery characteristics by maintaining low resistance by reducing metal elution from the positive electrode. Can be made to.

In the general formula (1), R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are H, F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group or a fluorinated ethynyl group independently of each other, and are R ¹⁰¹ . , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are F, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, a fluorinated vinyl group or a fluorinated ethynyl group. Further, when R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² are different substituents, the above compound (1) contains a geometric isomer. When the compound (1) contains a geometric isomer, it may be a mixture containing an E-form and a Z-form in an arbitrary ratio, or may be a simple substance represented by any one of the structures.

The fluorinated alkyl group as R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ preferably has 1 carbon atom.
Examples of the fluorinated alkyl group include -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , and -CH ₂ CF. _{2H, -CH 2 CFH 2 , and} the like can be mentioned. Of these, -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, and -CFH ₂ are preferable.

等が挙げられる。上記ビニル基の１位と２位にそれぞれ一つずつフッ素が置換している場合、上記ビニル基は幾何異性体を含む。上記ビニル基が幾何異性体を含む場合、Ｅ体、Ｚ体が任意の比率で含まれる混合物であってもよく、いずれか一つの構造で示されるビニル基であっても良い。As the fluorinated vinyl group as R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ ,

And so on. When one fluorine is substituted at each of the 1-position and the 2-position of the vinyl group, the vinyl group contains a geometric isomer. When the vinyl group contains a geometric isomer, it may be a mixture containing an E-form and a Z-form in an arbitrary ratio, or may be a vinyl group represented by any one structure.

Of these, a perfluorovinyl group is preferable.

Examples of the fluorinated ethynyl group as R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ include -C≡CF.

As R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² , H and −CF ₃ are preferable, and H is more preferable.

As R ¹⁰³ , F and −CF ₃ are preferable, and F is more preferable.

In the general formula (1), R ¹⁰⁴ is H, F, OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated independently of each other. , An alkynyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or a trialkylsilyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. It is an alkoxy group that may be fluorinated, and may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si in the structure.

The alkyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group, and may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. May be good. Further, the above alkyl group may have a ring structure. The ring may be an aromatic ring.

上記アルキル基としては、なかでも、メチル基、エチル基、ターシャリーブチル基（－Ｃ（ＣＨ_３）_３）が好ましい。Examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ include a methyl group (-CH ₃ ), an ethyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), a propyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), and an isopropyl group (-CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ). ), Normal butyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), tertiary butyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) and other non-fluorinated alkyl groups; -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CF (CF ₂ H) ₂ , -CF (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CH (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CH ( CF ₂ H) ₂ , -CH (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) OC ₃ F ₇ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ OCF ₃ , etc. Fluorinated alkyl groups; -CH ₂ Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ and the like trialkylsilylalkyl groups and the like.
Further, a cycloalkyl group which may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure as represented by the following formula, and an alkyl group having an aromatic ring can also be mentioned.

As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group (—C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) are preferable.

The alkenyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkenyl group or a fluorinated alkenyl group, and the structure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N. May be good.

Examples of the alkenyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ include an ethenyl group (-CH = CH ₂ ), a 1-propenyl group (-CH = CH-CH ₃ ), a 1-methylethenyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), and the like. 2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), 1,2-propazienyl group (-CH ₂ = C = CH ₂ ), 1-butenyl group (-CH = CH-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2- Methyl-1-propenyl group (-CH = C (CH ₃ ) -CH ₃ ), 1-methyl-1-propenyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = CH-CH ₃ ), 1-ethylethenyl group (-C (-C () CH ₂ CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 2-butenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH-CH ₃ ), 2-methyl-2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -C (CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 1-Methyl-2-propenyl group (-CH (CH ₃ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 3-butenyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), 1-methylene-2-propenyl group (-C) (= CH ₂ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 1,3-butadienyl group (-CH = CH-CH = CH ₂ ), 2,3-butadienyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = C = CH ₂ ), 1 -Methyl-1,2-propazienyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = C = CH ₂ ), 1,2-butadienyl group (-CH = C = CH-CH ₃ ), 2-pentenyl group (-CH _2- CH = CH-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-ethyl-2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -C (CH ₂ CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 1-ethyl-2-propenyl group (-CH (CH ₂ CH)) ₃ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 3-pentenyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -CH = CH-CH ₃ ), and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a fluorine atom in these groups, etc. Can be mentioned.
Further, a cycloalkenyl group as represented by the following formula, and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom in these groups can also be mentioned.

As the alkenyl group, a 2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ) is more preferable.

The alkynyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 4 or 6 to 7 carbon atoms.
The alkynyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkynyl group or a fluorinated alkynyl group, and the structure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N. May be good.

Examples of the alkynyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ include an ethynyl group (-C≡CH), a 1-propynyl group (-C≡C-CH ₃ ), a 2-propynyl group ( _-CH2 -C≡CH), and 1-butynyl. Group (-C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-butynyl group (-CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₃ ), 3-butynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡CH), 1-pentynyl group (-C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-pentynyl group (-CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 3-pentynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₃ ) ), 4-Pentynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡CH), -CH ₂ -C≡C-TMS, _-CH2 -C≡C-TES, _-CH2 -C≡C-TBDMS, -CH ₂ -C≡C-Si (OCH ₃ ) ₃ , -CH ₂ -C≡C-Si (OC ₂ H ₅ ) ₃ , and at least one hydrogen atom in these groups is replaced by a fluorine atom. Examples include hydrogen.
In addition, TMS represents -Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ , TES represents -Si (C ₂ H ₅ ) ₃ , and TBDMS represents -Si (CH ₃ ) ₂ C (CH ₃ ) ₃ .

As the alkynyl group, a 2-propynyl group ( _-CH2 -C≡CH) is more preferable.

The aryl group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring, and preferably contains a 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and is preferably monocyclic or bicyclic.
The aryl group may be a non-fluorinated aryl group or a fluorinated aryl group, and contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. May be good.

Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, an anisyl group, a naphthyl group and the like, which may or may not have a fluorine atom. Among them, a phenyl group which may have a fluorine atom is preferable, and a phenyl group which does not have a fluorine atom is more preferable.

The trialkylsilyl group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The trialkylsilyl group may also contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure.

Examples of the trialkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group and a triethylsilyl group. Of these, the trimethylsilyl group is more preferable.

The alkoxy group as R ¹⁰⁴ preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group may be a non-fluorinated alkoxy group or a fluorinated alkoxy group, and may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. good.

Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group (-OCH ₃ ), an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ), a propoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), an isopropoxy group (-OCH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ), and a normal group. Examples thereof include a butoxy group (-OC ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), a tertiary butoxy group (-OC (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) and the like. Of these, a methoxy group (-OCH ₃ ) and an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ) are preferable.

Examples of R ¹⁰⁴ include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tertiary butyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ), an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ), a trimethylsilyl group (-Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ ), and 2-propenyl. Groups (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), phenyl groups and pentafluorophenyl groups are preferred.

As the compound (1), for example, a compound represented by the following formula can be exemplified. The examples of the compounds in the present specification shall include geometrical isomers (if any) of the compounds, and are not limited to the specific examples described.

As the compound (1), a compound represented by the following formula is particularly preferable.

で表されることを特徴とする化合物（１１）にも関する。In the present disclosure, among the compound (1), the following general formula (11):

It also relates to compound (11), which is characterized by being represented by.

In the general formula (11), R ¹¹⁴ is H, F, OH, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated independently of each other. , An alkynyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or a trialkylsilyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. It is an alkoxy group that may be fluorinated, and may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si in the structure.

The alkyl group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group, and may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. May be good. Further, the above alkyl group may have a ring structure. The ring may be an aromatic ring.

上記アルキル基としては、なかでも、メチル基、エチル基、ターシャリーブチル基（－Ｃ（ＣＨ_３）_３）が好ましい。Examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group as R ¹¹⁴ include a methyl group (-CH ₃ ), an ethyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), a propyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), and an isopropyl group (-CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ). ), Normal butyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), tertiary butyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) and other non-fluorinated alkyl groups; -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CF (CF ₂ H) ₂ , -CF (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CH (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CH ( CF ₂ H) ₂ , -CH (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) OC ₃ F ₇ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ OCF ₃ , etc. Fluorinated alkyl groups; -CH ₂ Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ and the like trialkylsilylalkyl groups and the like.
Further, a cycloalkyl group which may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure as represented by the following formula, and an alkyl group having an aromatic ring can also be mentioned.

As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group (—C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) are preferable.

The alkenyl group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkenyl group or a fluorinated alkenyl group, and the structure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N. May be good.

Examples of the alkenyl group as R ¹¹⁴ include an ethenyl group (-CH = CH ₂ ), a 1-propenyl group (-CH = CH-CH ₃ ), a 1-methylethenyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), and the like. 2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), 1,2-propazienyl group (-CH ₂ = C = CH ₂ ), 1-butenyl group (-CH = CH-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2- Methyl-1-propenyl group (-CH = C (CH ₃ ) -CH ₃ ), 1-methyl-1-propenyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = CH-CH ₃ ), 1-ethylethenyl group (-C (-C () CH ₂ CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 2-butenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH-CH ₃ ), 2-methyl-2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -C (CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 1-Methyl-2-propenyl group (-CH (CH ₃ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 3-butenyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), 1-methylene-2-propenyl group (-C) (= CH ₂ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 1,3-butadienyl group (-CH = CH-CH = CH ₂ ), 2,3-butadienyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = C = CH ₂ ), 1 -Methyl-1,2-propazienyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) = C = CH ₂ ), 1,2-butadienyl group (-CH = C = CH-CH ₃ ), 2-pentenyl group (-CH _2- CH = CH-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-ethyl-2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -C (CH ₂ CH ₃ ) = CH ₂ ), 1-ethyl-2-propenyl group (-CH (CH ₂ CH)) ₃ ) -CH = CH ₂ ), 3-pentenyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -CH = CH-CH ₃ ), and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a fluorine atom in these groups, etc. Can be mentioned.
Further, a cycloalkenyl group as represented by the following formula, and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom in these groups can also be mentioned.

As the alkenyl group, a 2-propenyl group (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ) is more preferable.

The alkynyl group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 4 or 6 to 7 carbon atoms.
The alkynyl group may be a non-fluorinated alkynyl group or a fluorinated alkynyl group, and the structure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N. May be good.

Examples of the alkynyl group as R ¹¹⁴ include an ethynyl group (-C≡CH), a 1-propynyl group (-C≡C-CH ₃ ), a 2-propynyl group ( _-CH2 -C≡CH), and 1-butynyl. Group (-C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-butynyl group (-CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₃ ), 3-butynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡CH), 1-pentynyl group (-C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 2-pentynyl group (-CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), 3-pentynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡C-CH ₃ ) ), 4-Pentynyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ -C≡CH), -CH ₂ -C≡C-TMS, _-CH2 -C≡C-TES, _-CH2 -C≡C-TBDMS, -CH ₂ -C≡C-Si (OCH ₃ ) ₃ , -CH ₂ -C≡C-Si (OC ₂ H ₅ ) ₃ , and at least one hydrogen atom in these groups is replaced by a fluorine atom. Examples include hydrogen.
In addition, TMS represents -Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ , TES represents -Si (C ₂ H ₅ ) ₃ , and TBDMS represents -Si (CH ₃ ) ₂ C (CH ₃ ) ₃ .

As the alkynyl group, a 2-propynyl group ( _-CH2 -C≡CH) is more preferable.

The aryl group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring, and preferably contains a 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and is preferably monocyclic or bicyclic.
The aryl group may be a non-fluorinated aryl group or a fluorinated aryl group, and contains at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. May be good.

Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, an anisyl group, a naphthyl group and the like, which may or may not have a fluorine atom. Among them, a phenyl group which may have a fluorine atom is preferable, and a phenyl group which does not have a fluorine atom is more preferable.

The trialkylsilyl group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The trialkylsilyl group may also contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure.

Examples of the trialkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group and a triethylsilyl group. Of these, the trimethylsilyl group is more preferable.

The alkoxy group as R ¹¹⁴ preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group may be a non-fluorinated alkoxy group or a fluorinated alkoxy group, and may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of O, Si, S and N in the structure. good.

Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group (-OCH ₃ ), an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ), a propoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), an isopropoxy group (-OCH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ), and a normal group. Examples thereof include a butoxy group (-OC ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), a tertiary butoxy group (-OC (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) and the like. Of these, a methoxy group (-OCH ₃ ) and an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ) are preferable.

Examples of R ¹¹⁴ include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tertiary butyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ), an ethoxy group (-OCH ₂ CH ₃ ), a trimethylsilyl group (-Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ ), and 2-propenyl. Groups (-CH ₂ -CH = CH ₂ ), phenyl groups and pentafluorophenyl groups are preferred.

As the compound (11), for example, a compound represented by the following formula can be exemplified.

（式中、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３は上記と同じであり、Ｘ^１０１はハロゲン原子である。）で表される化合物（ａ１１）と、下記一般式（ｂ１）：
Ｒ^１０４ _３ＳｉＯＨ
（式中、Ｒ^１０４は上記と同じである。）で表される化合物（ｂ１）とを反応させて、上記一般式（１）で表される化合物（１）を得る工程（１－１）を含む製造方法により、好適に製造することができる。Compound (1) is, for example,
The following general formula (a11):

(In the formula, R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are the same as above, and X ¹⁰¹ is a halogen atom.) The compound (a11) represented by the above and the following general formula (b1):
R ¹⁰⁴ ₃ SiOH
(In the formula, R ¹⁰⁴ is the same as above.) The step (1-1) of reacting with the compound (b1) represented by the above to obtain the compound (1) represented by the general formula (1). Can be suitably produced by a production method including.

In the general formula (a11), X ¹⁰¹ is a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and among them, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.

In the reaction of step (1-1), 0.5 to 2.0 mol of compound (b1) is preferably used, and 0.7 to 1.3 mol is used with respect to 1 mol of compound (a11). Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to use 0.9 to 1.1 mol.

The reaction of step (1-1) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of the base include amines and inorganic bases.
Examples of the amine include triethylamine, tri (n-propyl) amine, tri (n-butyl) amine, diisopropylethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, pyridine, rutidin, γ-colysine, N, N-dimethylaniline, and N-methyl. Piperidine, N-methylpyrrolidin, N-methylmorpholin, 1-methylimidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0]- Examples thereof include 5-nonen, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), proton sponge and the like.
Examples of the inorganic base include lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate, cesium hydrogencarbonate, and hydrogen carbonate. Examples thereof include lithium, cesium fluoride, potassium fluoride, sodium fluoride, lithium chloride, lithium bromide and the like.
As the base, amine is preferable, and triethylamine, pyridine, and 1-methylimidazole are more preferable.

The base is preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mol, more preferably 1.0 to 1.2 mol, per 1 mol of compound (a11).

The reaction of step (1-1) can be carried out with or without the presence of a solvent. When carried out in a solvent, the organic solvent is preferable as the above solvent, and non-aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane, decahydronaphthalene, n-decane, isododecane and tridecane; benzene and toluene. , Xylene, tetraline, veratrol, diethylbenzene, methylnaphthalene, nitrobenzene, o-nitrotoluene, mesitylene, inden, diphenylsulfide and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; acetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetophenone, propiophenone, diisobutylketone, isophorone. Ketone solvents such as: dichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chlorobenzene; diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, methyl t-butyl ether, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, diglime, phenetol, 1,1-dimethoxycyclohexane. , Diisoamyl ether and other ether solvents; ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, diethyl malonate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, ethylmethyl carbonate, α -Ester solvents such as acetyl-γ-butyrolactone; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulfolane; and N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, Examples thereof include amide solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylacetoacetamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N, N-diethylacetamide and the like.
Of these, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferable, and dichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, and chloroform are more preferable.

The temperature of the reaction in step (1-1) is preferably −10 to 70 ° C., more preferably 0 to 25 ° C., and even more preferably 0 to 10 ° C.

The reaction time of the step (1-1) is preferably 0.1 to 72 hours, more preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, and even more preferably 0.1 to 12 hours.

After completion of each step, the product may be separated and purified by distilling off the solvent, distillation, column chromatography, recrystallization and the like.

（式中、Ｒ^１０１、Ｒ^１０２及びＲ^１０３は上記と同じである。）で表される化合物（ａ１２）と、下記一般式（ｂ２）：
Ｒ^１０４ _３ＳｉＸ^１０２
（式中、Ｒ^１０４は上記と同じであり、Ｘ^１０２はハロゲン原子である。）で表される化合物（ｂ２）とを反応させて、上記一般式（１）で表される化合物（１）を得る工程（１－２）を含む製造方法により、好適に製造することもできる。Compound (1) also has the following general formula (a12):

(In the formula, R ¹⁰¹ , R ¹⁰² and R ¹⁰³ are the same as above.) The compound (a12) represented by the above and the following general formula (b2):
R ¹⁰⁴ ₃ SiX ¹⁰²
(In the formula, R ¹⁰⁴ is the same as above, and X ¹⁰² is a halogen atom.) The compound (1) represented by the general formula (1) is reacted with the compound (b2) represented by the above. Can also be suitably produced by a production method including the step (1-2) for obtaining the above.

In the general formula (b2), X ¹⁰² is a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.

In the reaction of step (1-2), 0.5 to 2.0 mol of compound (b2) is preferably used, and 0.7 to 1.3 mol is used with respect to 1 mol of compound (a12). Is more preferable, and it is further preferable to use 0.9 to 1.1 mol.

The reaction of step (1-2) is preferably carried out in the presence of a base. Examples of the base include amines and inorganic bases.
Examples of the amine include triethylamine, tri (n-propyl) amine, tri (n-butyl) amine, diisopropylethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, pyridine, rutidin, γ-colysine, N, N-dimethylaniline, and N-methyl. Piperidine, N-methylpyrrolidin, N-methylmorpholin, 1-methylimidazole, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -7-undecene (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0]- Examples thereof include 5-nonen, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), proton sponge and the like.
Examples of the inorganic base include lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate, cesium hydrogencarbonate, and hydrogen carbonate. Examples thereof include lithium, cesium fluoride, potassium fluoride, sodium fluoride, lithium chloride, lithium bromide and the like.
As the base, amine is preferable, and triethylamine, pyridine, and 1-methylimidazole are more preferable.

The base is preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mol, more preferably 1.0 to 1.2 mol, per 1 mol of compound (a12).

The reaction of step (1-1) can be carried out with or without the presence of a solvent. When carried out in a solvent, the organic solvent is preferable as the above solvent, and non-aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane, decahydronaphthalene, n-decane, isododecane and tridecane; benzene and toluene. , Xylene, tetraline, veratrol, diethylbenzene, methylnaphthalene, nitrobenzene, o-nitrotoluene, mesitylene, inden, diphenylsulfide and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents; acetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetophenone, propiophenone, diisobutylketone, isophorone. Ketone solvents such as: dichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as chlorobenzene; diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, methyl t-butyl ether, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, diglime, phenetol, 1,1-dimethoxycyclohexane. , Diisoamyl ether and other ether solvents; ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, diethyl malonate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, ethylmethyl carbonate, α -Ester solvents such as acetyl-γ-butyrolactone; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide and sulfolane; and N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, Examples thereof include amide solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylacetoacetamide, N, N-diethylformamide, N, N-diethylacetamide and the like.
Of these, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent is preferable, and dichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride, and chloroform are more preferable.

In step (1-1), heating is preferable. The heating temperature is preferably 40 to 120 ° C, more preferably 70 to 90 ° C.

The reaction time of the step (1-1) is preferably 0.1 to 72 hours, more preferably 0.1 to 12 hours, and even more preferably 0.1 to 6 hours.

After completion of each step, the product may be separated and purified by distilling off the solvent, distillation, column chromatography, recrystallization and the like.

As the compound (1), one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure preferably contains 0.001 to 10% by mass of the compound (1) with respect to the electrolytic solution. When the content of the compound (1) is within the above range, the high temperature storage characteristics and the cycle characteristics of the electrochemical device can be further improved. The content of the compound (1) is more preferably 0.005% by mass or more, further preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass or more. Further, 7% by mass or less is more preferable, 5% by mass or less is further preferable, and 3% by mass or less is particularly preferable.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent (however, excluding compound (1)).

The solvent preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of carbonates and carboxylic acid esters.

The carbonate may be a cyclic carbonate or a chain carbonate.

The cyclic carbonate may be a non-fluorinated cyclic carbonate or a fluorinated cyclic carbonate.

Examples of the non-fluorinated cyclic carbonate include a non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, preferably a non-fluorinated saturated alkylene carbonate having an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and a non-fluorine having an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Saturated alkylene carbonates are more preferred.

Among them, the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate has a high dielectric constant and a suitable viscosity, and thus ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, cis-2,3-pentylene carbonate, and cis-2,3-butylene carbonate. , 2,3-Pentylene carbonate, 2,3-butylene carbonate, 1,2-pentylene carbonate, 1,2-butylene carbonate and butylene carbonate, at least one selected from the group is preferable.

As the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

When the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is contained, the content of the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is preferably 5 to 90% by volume, more preferably 10 to 60% by volume with respect to the solvent. It is preferably 15 to 45% by volume, more preferably.

The fluorinated cyclic carbonate is a cyclic carbonate having a fluorine atom. The solvent containing the fluorinated cyclic carbonate can be suitably used even under a high voltage.
In addition, in this specification, "high voltage" means a voltage of 4.2V or more. The upper limit of the "high voltage" is preferably 4.9V.

The fluorinated cyclic carbonate may be a fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate or a fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate.

The fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is a saturated cyclic carbonate having a fluorine atom, and specifically, the following general formula (A):

（式中、Ｘ^１～Ｘ^４は同じか又は異なり、それぞれ－Ｈ、－ＣＨ_３、－Ｃ_２Ｈ_５、－Ｆ、エーテル結合を有してもよいフッ素化アルキル基、又は、エーテル結合を有してもよいフッ素化アルコキシ基を表す。ただし、Ｘ^１～Ｘ^４の少なくとも１つは、－Ｆ、エーテル結合を有してもよいフッ素化アルキル基、又は、エーテル結合を有してもよいフッ素化アルコキシ基である。）で示される化合物が挙げられる。上記フッ素化アルキル基とは、－ＣＦ_３、－ＣＦ_２Ｈ、－ＣＨ_２Ｆ等である。

(In the formula, X ¹ to X ⁴ are the same or different, and each has -H, -CH ₃ , -C ₂ H ₅ , -F, a fluorinated alkyl group which may have an ether bond, or an ether bond. Represents a fluorinated alkoxy group which may have, however, at least one of X ¹ to X ⁴ may have —F, a fluorinated alkyl group which may have an ether bond, or an ether bond. It is a good fluorinated alkoxy group.). The fluorinated alkyl group is -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ F, or the like.

When the above-mentioned fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is contained, when the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is applied to a high voltage lithium ion secondary battery or the like, the oxidation resistance of the electrolytic solution is improved, and stable and excellent charge / discharge characteristics can be obtained.
In the present specification, the "ether bond" is a bond represented by —O—.

From the viewpoint of good dielectric constant and oxidation resistance, ^one or ^two of X1 to X4 may have —F, a fluorinated alkyl group which may have an ether bond, or an ether bond. It is preferably a fluorinated alkoxy group.

Since it is expected that the viscosity will decrease at low temperatures, the ignition point will increase, and the solubility of the electrolyte salt will improve. Therefore, X1 to ^X4 have -H, -F, ^a fluorinated alkyl group (a), and an ether bond. It is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group (b) or a fluorinated alkoxy group (c).

The fluorinated alkyl group (a) is obtained by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group with a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms of the fluorinated alkyl group (a) is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 17, further preferably 1 to 7, and particularly preferably 1 to 5.
If the number of carbon atoms is too large, the low temperature characteristics may deteriorate or the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease. If the number of carbon atoms is too small, the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease, the discharge efficiency may decrease, and further, the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease. Increased viscosity may be seen.

Among the above fluorinated alkyl groups (a), those having one carbon atom include CFH _2- , CF ₂ H-, and CF _3- . In particular, CF ₂ H- or CF ₃ -is preferable in terms of high-temperature storage characteristics, and CF ₃ -is most preferable.

Among the above fluorinated alkyl groups (a), those having 2 or more carbon atoms have the following general formula (a-1):
R ¹ -R ^2- (a-1)
(In the formula, R ¹ is an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom; R ² is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom; however, R ¹ and The fluorinated alkyl group represented by (at least one of ^R2 has a fluorine atom) can be preferably exemplified from the viewpoint of good solubility of the electrolyte salt.
In addition, R ¹ and R ² may further have other atoms other than carbon atom, hydrogen atom and fluorine atom.

R ¹ is an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. As ^R1 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms is preferable. The number of carbon atoms in R ¹ is more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.

As ^R1 , specifically, as a linear or branched alkyl group, CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- ,

And so on.

When R ¹ is a linear alkyl group having a fluorine atom, CF _3- , CF ₃ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF _2- , HCF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , FCH _2- , FCH ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CF _2- , FCH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCFClCF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CFClCH _2- , HCF ₂ CFClCF ₂ CFClCH _2- , HCFClCF ₂ CFClCF ₂ CH _2- and the like can be mentioned.

When R ¹ is a branched-chain alkyl group having a fluorine atom,

Etc. are preferably mentioned. However, if it has a branch of CH _3- or CF _3- , the viscosity tends to be high, so that the number is more preferably small (1) or zero.

R ² is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. R ² may be linear or branched. An example of the smallest structural unit constituting such a linear or branched alkylene group is shown below. R ² is composed of these alone or in combination.

(I) Linear minimum structural unit:
-CH _2- , -CHF-, -CF _2- , -CHCl-, -CFCl-, -CCl _2-

(Ii) Branched chain minimum structural unit:

In addition, among the above-mentioned examples, since the dehydrochloric acid reaction by a base does not occur and it is more stable, it is preferable to be composed of a constituent unit containing no Cl.

When R ² is linear, it is composed of only the above-mentioned linear minimum structural unit, and among them, -CH _2- , -CH ₂ CH _2- or -CF _2-- is preferable. -CH _2- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ --is more preferable because the solubility of the electrolyte salt can be further improved.

When R ² is in the form of a branched chain, it contains at least one of the above-mentioned minimum structural units in the form of a branched chain, and the general formula-(CX ^a X ^b )-(X ^a is H, F). , CH ₃ or CF ₃ ; X ^b is CH ₃ or CF _3. However, when X ^b is CF ₃ , X ^a is H or CH ₃ ). These can further improve the solubility of the electrolyte salt in particular.

Preferred fluorinated alkyl groups (a) include, for example, CF ₃ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF _2- , H ₂ CFCF _2- , CH ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CHF-, CH ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CF. ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , H ₂ CFCF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- ,

And so on.

The fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond is obtained by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group having an ether bond with a fluorine atom. The fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond preferably has 2 to 17 carbon atoms. If the number of carbon atoms is too large, the viscosity of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate becomes high, and the number of fluorine-containing groups increases, so that the solubility of the electrolyte salt decreases due to the decrease in the dielectric constant and the compatibility with other solvents. May be seen to decrease. From this viewpoint, the number of carbon atoms of the fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond is more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 7.

The alkylene group constituting the ether portion of the fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond may be a linear or branched alkylene group. An example of the smallest structural unit constituting such a linear or branched alkylene group is shown below.

(I) Linear minimum structural unit:
-CH _2- , -CHF-, -CF _2- , -CHCl-, -CFCl-, -CCl _2-

(Ii) Branched chain minimum structural unit:

The alkylene group may be composed of these minimum structural units alone, and may be linear (i) to each other, branched chain (ii) to each other, or linear (i) to branched chain (ii). It may be composed of a combination. Preferred specific examples will be described later.

In addition, among the above-mentioned examples, since the dehydrochloric acid reaction by a base does not occur and it is more stable, it is preferable to be composed of a constituent unit containing no Cl.

As a fluorinated alkyl group (b) having a more preferable ether bond, the general formula (b-1):
R ^3- (OR ⁴ ) _n1- (b-1)
(In the formula, R ³ may have a fluorine atom, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R ⁴ may have a fluorine atom, preferably an alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The group; n1 is an integer of 1 to ³ ; however, at least one of R3 and ^R4 has a fluorine atom).

The following can be exemplified as R ³ and R ⁴ , and these can be appropriately combined to form a fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond represented by the above general formula (b-1). , Not limited to these.

(1) As R ³ , the general formula: X ^c ₃ C- (R ⁵ ) _n2- (the three X ^c are the same or different, and all are H or F; R ⁵ is a fluorine atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. May have an alkylene group; n2 is preferably an alkyl group represented by 0 or 1).

When n2 is 0, examples of R ³ include CH _3- , CF _3- , HCF _2- , and H ₂ CF-.

As a specific example when n2 is 1, CF ₃ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF, assuming that R ³ is linear. ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CF _2- , FCH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ Examples thereof include CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , and the like.

If n2 is ¹ and R3 is a branched chain,

And so on.

However, if it has a branch of CH _3- or CF _3- , the viscosity tends to be high, so that the one in which R ³ is linear is more preferable.

(2) In − (OR ⁴ ) _n1 − of the above general formula (b-1), n1 is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2. When n1 = 2 or 3, ^R4 may be the same or different.

As a preferable specific example of ^R4 , the following linear or branched chain can be exemplified.

As linear ones, -CH _2- , -CHF-, -CF _2- , -CH ₂ CH _2- , -CF ₂ CH _2- , -CF ₂ CF _2- , -CH ₂ CF _2- , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , -CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , -CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , etc. can be exemplified.

As a branched chain,

And so on.

The fluorinated alkoxy group (c) is obtained by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkoxy group with a fluorine atom. The fluorinated alkoxy group (c) preferably has 1 to 17 carbon atoms. More preferably, it has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

The fluorinated alkoxy group (c) has a general formula: X ^d ₃ C- (R ⁶ ) _n3 -O- (three X ^d are the same or different, and all are H or F; R ⁶ is preferably carbon number. A fluorinated alkoxy group represented by an alkylene group which may have 1 to 5 fluorine atoms; n3 is 0 or 1; however, any of the three ^Xds contains a fluorine atom) is particularly preferred.

Specific examples of the fluorinated alkoxy group (c) include a fluorinated alkoxy group in which an oxygen atom is bonded to the end of the alkyl group exemplified as ^R1 in the general formula (a-1).

The fluorine content of the fluorinated alkyl group (a), the fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond, and the fluorinated alkoxy group (c) in the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is preferably 10% by mass or more. If the fluorine content is too low, the effect of lowering the viscosity at low temperature and the effect of raising the flash point may not be sufficiently obtained. From this viewpoint, the fluorine content is more preferably 12% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is usually 76% by mass.
The fluorine content of the fluorinated alkyl group (a), the fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond, and the fluorinated alkoxy group (c) is {(number of fluorine atoms) based on the structural formula of each group. It is a value calculated by × 19) / formula quantity of each group} × 100 (%).

Further, from the viewpoint of good dielectric constant and oxidation resistance, the fluorine content of the entire fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is usually 76% by mass.
The fluorine content of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is determined by {(number of fluorine atoms × 19) / molecular weight of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate} × 100 (%) based on the structural formula of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate. It is a calculated value.

Specific examples of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate include the following.

As a specific example of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate in which at least ^one of X1 to ^X4 is -F,

等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、耐電圧が高く、電解質塩の溶解性も良好である。

And so on. These compounds have a high withstand voltage and good solubility of electrolyte salts.

other,

Etc. can also be used.

Specific examples of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate in which at least one of X ¹ to X ⁴ is a fluorinated alkyl group (a) and the rest are all −H are as examples.

And so on.

Specific Example of Fluorinated Saturated Cyclic Carbonate in which at least one of X ¹ to X ⁴ is a fluorinated alkyl group (b) having an ether bond or a fluorinated alkoxy group (c), and the rest are all −H. as,

And so on.

Among them, the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is preferably any of the following compounds.

Other examples of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate include trans-4,5-difluoro-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 5- (1,1-difluoroethyl) -4,4-difluoro-1, 3-Dioxolane-2-one, 4-methylene-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4-ethyl-5-fluoro- 1,3-Dioxolane-2-one, 4-ethyl-5,5-difluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one, 4-ethyl-4,5-difluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one, 4-Ethyl-4,5,5-trifluoro-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4,4-difluoro-5-methyl-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4-fluoro-5-methyl -1,3-Dioxolane-2-one, 4-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-1,3-dioxolane-2-one, 4,4-difluoro-1,3-dioxolane-2-one and the like can be mentioned. ..

Examples of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate include fluoroethylene carbonate, difluoroethylene carbonate, trifluoromethylethylene carbonate (3,3,3-trifluoropropylene carbonate), and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro. Propylethylene carbonate is more preferred.

The fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is a cyclic carbonate having an unsaturated bond and a fluorine atom, and a fluorinated ethylene carbonate derivative substituted with an aromatic ring or a substituent having a carbon-carbon double bond is preferable. Specifically, 4,4-difluoro-5-phenylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4-phenylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-phenylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-vinylethylene carbonate, 4 -Fluoro-4-phenylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4,5 -Diallylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4,5-diallylethylene carbonate and the like can be mentioned.

The above-mentioned fluorinated cyclic carbonate may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

When the fluorinated cyclic carbonate is contained, the content of the fluorinated cyclic carbonate is preferably 5 to 90% by volume, more preferably 10 to 60% by volume, and 15 to 15 to 60% by volume with respect to the solvent. It is more preferably 45% by volume.

The chain carbonate may be a non-fluorinated chain carbonate or a fluorinated chain carbonate.

Examples of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate include CH ₃ OCOOCH ₃ (dimethyl carbonate: DMC), CH ₃ CH ₂ OCOOCH ₂ CH ₃ (diethyl carbonate: DEC), and CH ₃ CH ₂ OCOOCH ₃ (ethyl methyl carbonate: EMC). ), CH ₃ OCOOCH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ (methylpropyl carbonate), methylbutyl carbonate, ethylpropyl carbonate, ethylbutyl carbonate, dipropylcarbonate, dibutylcarbonate, methylisopropylcarbonate, methyl-2-phenylphenylcarbonate, phenyl-2 -Hydrocarbon-based chain carbonates such as phenylphenyl carbonate, trans-2,3-pentylene carbonate, trans-2,3-butylene carbonate, ethylphenyl carbonate and the like can be mentioned. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of ethylmethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate and dimethyl carbonate is preferable.

As the non-fluorinated chain carbonate, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

When the non-fluorinated chain carbonate is contained, the content of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate is preferably 10 to 90% by volume, more preferably 40 to 85% by volume with respect to the solvent. It is preferably 50 to 80% by volume, more preferably 50 to 80% by volume.

The fluorinated chain carbonate is a chain carbonate having a fluorine atom. The solvent containing the fluorinated chain carbonate can be suitably used even under a high voltage.

The fluorinated chain carbonate has the general formula (B):
Rf ² OCOOR ⁷ (B)
(In the formula, Rf ² is a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R ⁷ is an alkyl group which may contain a fluorine atom having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.) Can be mentioned.

Rf ² is a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and R ⁷ is an alkyl group which may contain a fluorine atom having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
The above-mentioned fluorinated alkyl group is obtained by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group with a fluorine atom. When R ⁷ is an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom, it becomes a fluorinated alkyl group.
In terms of low viscosity, Rf ² and R ⁷ preferably have 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
If the number of carbon atoms is too large, the low temperature characteristics may deteriorate or the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease. If the number of carbon atoms is too small, the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease, the discharge efficiency may decrease, and further, the solubility of the electrolyte salt may decrease. Increased viscosity may be seen.

Examples of the fluorinated alkyl group having 1 carbon atom include CFH _2- , CF ₂ H-, CF _3- and the like. In particular, CFH _2- or CF ₃ -is preferable in terms of high-temperature storage characteristics.

As the fluorinated alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, the following general formula (d-1):
R ¹ -R ^2- (d-1)
(In the formula, R ¹ is an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom; R ² is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom; however, R ¹ and The fluorinated alkyl group represented by (at least one of ^R2 has a fluorine atom) can be preferably exemplified from the viewpoint of good solubility of the electrolyte salt.
In addition, R ¹ and R ² may further have other atoms other than carbon atom, hydrogen atom and fluorine atom.

R ¹ is an alkyl group having 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. As ^R1 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of R ¹ is more preferably 1 to 3.

As ^R1 , specifically, as a linear or branched alkyl group, CH _3- , CF _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH. _2- ,

And so on.

When R ¹ is a linear alkyl group having a fluorine atom, CF _3- , CF ₃ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF _2- , HCF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , FCH _2- , FCH ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CF _2- , FCH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , FCH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCFClCF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CFClCH _2- , HCF ₂ CFClCF ₂ CFClCH _2- , HCFClCF ₂ CFClCF ₂ CH _2- and the like can be mentioned.

When R ¹ is a branched-chain alkyl group having a fluorine atom,

Etc. are preferably mentioned. However, if it has a branch of CH _3- or CF _3- , the viscosity tends to be high, so that the number is more preferably small (1) or zero.

R ² is an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a fluorine atom. R ² may be linear or branched. An example of the smallest structural unit constituting such a linear or branched alkylene group is shown below. R ² is composed of these alone or in combination.

(I) Linear minimum structural unit:
-CH _2- , -CHF-, -CF _2- , -CHCl-, -CFCl-, -CCl _2-

(Ii) Branched chain minimum structural unit:

In addition, among the above-mentioned examples, since the dehydrochloric acid reaction by a base does not occur and it is more stable, it is preferable to be composed of a constituent unit containing no Cl.

When R ² is linear, it is composed of only the above-mentioned linear minimum structural unit, and among them, -CH _2- , -CH ₂ CH _2- or -CF _2-- is preferable. -CH _2- or -CH ₂ CH ₂ --is more preferable because the solubility of the electrolyte salt can be further improved.

When R ² is in the form of a branched chain, it contains at least one of the above-mentioned minimum structural units in the form of a branched chain, and the general formula-(CX ^a X ^b )-(X ^a is H, F). , CH ₃ or CF ₃ ; X ^b is CH ₃ or CF _3. However, when X ^b is CF ₃ , X ^a is H or CH ₃ ). These can further improve the solubility of the electrolyte salt in particular.

Specific preferred examples of the fluorinated alkyl group include, for example, CF ₃ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF _2- , H ₂ CFCF _2- , CH ₃ CF _2- , CF ₃ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CF. _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , H ₂ CFCF ₂ CF _2- , CH ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- ,

And so on.

Among them, as the fluorinated alkyl groups of Rf ² and R ⁷ , CF _3- , CF ₃ CF _2- , (CF ₃ ) ₂ CH-, CF ₃ CH _2- , C ₂ F ₅ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CFHCF ₂ CH _2- , CFH _2- , CF ₂ H- are preferable, and they have high flame retardancy and good rate characteristics and oxidation resistance. , CF ₃ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CFH _2- , CF ₂ H- are more preferred.

When R ⁷ is an alkyl group containing no fluorine atom, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms. R ⁷ preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms in that it has a low viscosity.

Examples of the alkyl group containing no fluorine atom include CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , (CH ₃ ) ₂ CH-, C ₃ H _7- , and the like. Of these, CH _3- and CH ₃ CH _2- are preferable because of their low viscosity and good rate characteristics.

The fluorinated chain carbonate preferably has a fluorine content of 15 to 70% by mass. When the fluorine content is in the above range, the compatibility with the solvent and the solubility of the salt can be maintained. The fluorine content is more preferably 20% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, particularly preferably 35% by mass or more, further preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less.
In the present disclosure, the fluorine content is based on the structural formula of the fluorinated chain carbonate.
{(Number of fluorine atoms x 19) / Molecular weight of fluorinated chain carbonate} x 100 (%)
It is a value calculated by.

The fluorinated chain carbonate is preferably any of the following compounds in terms of low viscosity.

As the fluorinated chain carbonate, methyl 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl carbonate (F ₃ CH ₂ COC (= O) OCH ₃ ) is particularly preferable.

The above-mentioned fluorinated chain carbonate may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

When the fluorinated chain carbonate is contained, the content of the fluorinated chain carbonate is preferably 10 to 90% by volume, more preferably 40 to 85% by volume with respect to the solvent. It is more preferably 50 to 80% by volume.

The carboxylic acid ester may be a cyclic carboxylic acid ester or a chain carboxylic acid ester.

The cyclic carboxylic acid ester may be a non-fluorinated cyclic carboxylic acid ester or a fluorinated cyclic carboxylic acid ester.

Examples of the non-fluorinated cyclic carboxylic acid ester include a non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester, and a non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester having an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.

Specific examples of the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester having an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, and α-methyl-γ-. Butyrolactone can be mentioned. Of these, γ-butyrolactone and δ-valerolactone are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the degree of lithium ion dissociation and improving the load characteristics.

As the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

When the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester is contained, the content of the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carboxylic acid ester is preferably 0 to 90% by volume, preferably 0.001 to 90% by volume with respect to the solvent. %, More preferably 1 to 60% by volume, and particularly preferably 5 to 40% by volume.

The chain carboxylic acid ester may be a non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester or a fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester. When the solvent contains the chain carboxylic acid ester, it is possible to further suppress the increase in resistance of the electrolytic solution after storage at high temperature.

Examples of the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl propionate, tert-butyl propionate, and tert. -Butyl butylate, sec-butyl propionate, sec-butylbutyrate, n-butylbutyrate, methyl pyrophosphate, ethyl pyrophosphate, tert-butylformate, tert-butylacetate, sec-butylformate, sec -Butyl acetate, n-hexyl pivalate, n-propyl formate, n-propyl acetate, n-butyl formate, n-butyl pivalate, n-octyl pivalate, ethyl 2- (dimethoxyphosphoryl) acetate, ethyl 2- ( Dimethylphosphoryl) acetate, ethyl2- (diethoxyphosphoryl) acetate, ethyl2- (diethylphosphoryl) acetate, isopropylpropionate, isopropylacetate, ethylformate, ethyl2-propynyloxalate, isopropylformate, isopropylbutyl Examples thereof include rate, isobutylformate, isobutylpropionate, isobutylbutyrate, isobutylacetate and the like.

Of these, butyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, and butyl propionate are preferable, and ethyl propionate and propyl propionate are particularly preferable.

As the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

When the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is contained, the content of the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is preferably 0 to 90% by volume, preferably 0.001 to 90% by volume with respect to the solvent. %, More preferably 1 to 60% by volume, and particularly preferably 5 to 40% by volume.

The fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is a chain carboxylic acid ester having a fluorine atom. The solvent containing the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester can be suitably used even under a high voltage.

The fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester has the following general formula:
R ³¹ COOR ³²
(In the formula, R ³¹ and R ³² are alkyl groups which may contain a fluorine atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms independently of each other, and at least one of R ³¹ and R ³² contains a fluorine atom.) The fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester shown is preferable because it has good compatibility with other solvents and oxidation resistance.

Examples of R ³¹ and R ³² include a methyl group (-CH ₃ ), an ethyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₃ ), a propyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), and an isopropyl group (-CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ ). , Normal butyl group (-CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₃ ), tertiary butyl group (-C (CH ₃ ) ₃ ) and other non-fluorinated alkyl groups; -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CF (CF ₂ H) ₂ , -CF (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CH (CF ₃ ) ₂ , -CH (CF) ₂ H) ₂ , -CH (CFH ₂ ) ₂ , -CF (OCH ₃ ) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF (CF) ₃ ) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF (CF ₂ H) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF (CFH ₂ ) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CF (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CF (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH (C F ₂ H) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH (CFH ₂ ) CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH (CF ₃ ) CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF (CF ₂ H) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF (CFH ₂ ) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ( CF ₂ H) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF (CFH ₂ ) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH (CF ₂ H) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH (CFH ₂ ) CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH (CF ₃ ) CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CH (CF ₂ H) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CH (CFH ₂ ) CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CH (CF ₃ ) CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CH (CF) ₃ ) Examples thereof include fluorinated alkyl groups such as CFH ₂ , -C (CF ₃ ) ₃ , -C (CF ₂ H) ₃ , and -C (CFH ₂ ) ₃ . Among them, methyl group, ethyl group, -CF ₃ , -CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CFH ₂ , -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, and -CH ₂ CF ₂ CFH ₂ are particularly preferable because they have good compatibility with other solvents, viscosity, and oxidation resistance.

Specific examples of the above-mentioned fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester include, for example, CF ₃ CH ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ (methyl 3,3,3-trifluoropropionate) and HCF ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ (. Methyl difluoroacetate), HCF ₂ C (= O) OC ₂ H ₅ (ethyl difluoroacetate), CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₃ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ C ₂ F ₅ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H (trifluoroacetic acid 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl), CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH (CF ₃ ) ₂ , ethyl pentafluorobutyrate, methyl pentafluoropropionate, ethyl pentafluoropropionate, methyl heptafluoroisobutyrate, isopropyl trifluorobutyrate, ethyl trifluoroacetate, tert-butyl trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid n-butyl, methyl tetrafluoro-2- (methoxy) propionate, 2,2-difluoroethyl acetate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acetate, CH ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ (acetic acid) 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl), 1H acetic acid, 1H-heptafluorobutyl, methyl 4,4,4-trifluorobutyrate, ethyl 4,4,4-trifluorobutyrate, 3,3,3-trifluoro Ethyl propionate, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionic acid 3,3,3 trifluoropropyl, ethyl 3- (trifluoromethyl) butyrate, methyl 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropionate, 2,2 -One or two of butyl difluoroacetate, methyl 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropionate, methyl 2- (trifluoromethyl) -3,3,3-trifluoropropionate, methyl heptafluorobutyrate, etc. The above can be exemplified.
Among them, CF ₃ CH ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ , HCF ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ , HCF ₂ C (= O) OC ₂ H ₅ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ C ₂ F ₅ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, CF ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ , CF ₃ C (= O) OCH (CF ₃ ) ₂ , Ethyl pentafluorobutyrate, Pentafluoropropionate Methyl, ethyl pentafluoropropionate, methyl heptafluoroisobutyrate, isopropyl trifluorobutyrate, ethyl trifluoroacetate, tert-butyl trifluoroacetate, n-butyl trifluoroacetate, methyl tetrafluoro-2- (methoxy) propionate, 2,2-Difluoroethyl acetate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acetate, CH ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ , 1H acetate, 1H-heptafluorobutyl, 4,4,4-trifluoro Methyl butyrate, ethyl 4,4,4-trifluorobutyrate, ethyl 3,3,3-trifluoropropionate, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionate 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 3- (tri) Ethylfluoromethyl) ethyl butyrate, methyl 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropionate, butyl 2,2-difluoroacetate, methyl 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropionate, 2- (trifluoromethyl)- Methyl 3,3,3-trifluoropropionate and methyl heptafluorobutyrate are preferable because they have good compatibility with other solvents and rate characteristics, and CF ₃ CH ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ and HCF ₂ C ( = O) OCH ₃ , HCF ₂ C (= O) OC ₂ H ₅ , CH ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ is more preferred, HCF ₂ C (= O) OCH ₃ , HCF ₂ C (= O) OC ₂ H ₅ and CH ₃ C (= O) OCH ₂ CF ₃ are particularly preferred.

The above-mentioned fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

When the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is contained, the content of the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is preferably 10 to 90% by volume and 40 to 85% by volume with respect to the solvent. Is more preferable, and 50 to 80% by volume is further preferable.

The solvent preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the cyclic carbonate, the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid ester, and the cyclic carbonate, the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid. It is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of esters. The cyclic carbonate is preferably a saturated cyclic carbonate.
The electrolytic solution containing the solvent having the above composition can further improve the high temperature storage characteristics and the cycle characteristics of the electrochemical device.

When the solvent contains the cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid ester, the cyclic carbonate, the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid ester are used. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of 10 to 100% by volume, more preferably 30 to 100% by volume, and even more preferably 50 to 100% by volume.

When the solvent contains the cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid ester, the cyclic carbonate, the chain carbonate and the chain carboxylic acid ester. The volume ratio with at least one selected from the group consisting of 5/95 to 95/5 is preferable, 10/90 or more is more preferable, 15/85 or more is further preferable, and 20/80 or more is particularly preferable. , 90/10 or less is more preferable, 60/40 or less is further preferable, and 50/50 or less is particularly preferable.

The solvent also preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, and the non-fluorine. It is more preferable to contain a saturated cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester. An electrolytic solution containing a solvent having the above composition can be suitably used for an electrochemical device used at a relatively low voltage.

When the solvent contains the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate. The carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester are preferably contained in a total amount of 5 to 100% by volume, preferably 20 to 100% by volume. It is more preferably contained, and more preferably 30 to 100% by volume.

When the electrolytic solution contains the non-fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, the non-fluorinated saturated The volume ratio of the cyclic carbonate to at least one selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated chain carbonate and the non-fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is preferably 5/95 to 95/5, preferably 10 /. 90 or more is more preferable, 15/85 or more is further preferable, 20/80 or more is particularly preferable, 90/10 or less is more preferable, 60/40 or less is further preferable, and 50/50 or less is particularly preferable.

The solvent also preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, the fluorinated chain carbonate and the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, and the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate. And at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated chain carbonate and the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester. The electrolytic solution containing the solvent having the above composition can be suitably used not only for the electrochemical device used at a relatively low voltage but also for the electrochemical device used at a relatively high voltage.

When the solvent contains the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated chain carbonate and the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and the above. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated chain carbonate and the above-mentioned fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester in a total amount of 5 to 100% by volume, more preferably 10 to 100% by volume. It is more preferable to contain 30 to 100% by volume.

When the solvent contains the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated chain carbonate and the fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester, the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate and the above. The volume ratio with at least one selected from the group consisting of the fluorinated chain carbonate and the above fluorinated chain carboxylic acid ester is preferably 5/95 to 95/5, more preferably 10/90 or more, and 15 / 85 or more is further preferable, 20/80 or more is particularly preferable, 90/10 or less is more preferable, 60/40 or less is further preferable, and 50/50 or less is particularly preferable.

Further, an ionic liquid can also be used as the solvent. An "ionic liquid" is a liquid composed of ions in which an organic cation and an anion are combined.

The organic cation is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include imidazolium ions such as dialkyl imidazolium cations and trialkyl imidazolium cations; tetraalkylammonium ions; alkylpyridinium ions; dialkylpyrridinium ions; and dialkylpiperidinium ions. ..

The anions that serve as counters for these organic cations are not particularly limited, but are, for example, PF ₆ anions, PF ₃ (C ₂ F ₅ ) ₃ anions, PF ₃ (CF ₃ ) ₃ anions, BF ₄ anions, and BF ₂ ( CF ₃ ) ₂ anion, BF ₃ (CF ₃ ) anion, bisoxalate borate anion, P (C ₂ O ₄ ) F ₂ anion, Tf (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) anion, Nf (nonafluorobutanesulfonyl) anion, bis ( Fluorosulfonyl) imide anion, bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion, bis (pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) imide anion, dicyanoamine anion, and halide anion can be used.

The solvent is preferably a non-aqueous solvent, and the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is preferably a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.
The content of the solvent is preferably 70 to 99.999% by mass, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 92% by mass or less in the electrolytic solution.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may further contain the compound (5) represented by the general formula (5).

（式中、Ａ^ａ＋は金属イオン、水素イオン又はオニウムイオン。ａは１～３の整数、ｂは１～３の整数、ｐはｂ／ａ、ｎ２０３は１～４の整数、ｎ２０１は０～８の整数、ｎ２０２は０又は１、Ｚ^２０１は遷移金属、周期律表のＩＩＩ族、ＩＶ族又はＶ族の元素。
Ｘ^２０１は、Ｏ、Ｓ、炭素数１～１０のアルキレン基、炭素数１～１０のハロゲン化アルキレン基、炭素数６～２０のアリーレン基又は炭素数６～２０のハロゲン化アリーレン基（アルキレン基、ハロゲン化アルキレン基、アリーレン基、及び、ハロゲン化アリーレン基はその構造中に置換基、ヘテロ原子を持っていてもよく、またｎ２０２が１でｎ２０３が２～４のときにはｎ２０３個のＸ^２０１はそれぞれが結合していてもよい）。
Ｌ^２０１は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基、炭素数１～１０のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素数６～２０のアリール基、炭素数６～２０のハロゲン化アリール基（アルキレン基、ハロゲン化アルキレン基、アリーレン基、及び、ハロゲン化アリーレン基はその構造中に置換基、ヘテロ原子を持っていてもよく、またｎ２０１が２～８のときにはｎ２０１個のＬ^２０１はそれぞれが結合して環を形成してもよい）又は－Ｚ^２０３Ｙ^２０３。
Ｙ^２０１、Ｙ^２０２及びＺ^２０３は、それぞれ独立でＯ、Ｓ、ＮＹ^２０４、炭化水素基又はフッ素化炭化水素基。Ｙ^２０３及びＹ^２０４は、それぞれ独立でＨ、Ｆ、炭素数１～１０のアルキル基、炭素数１～１０のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素数６～２０のアリール基又は炭素数６～２０のハロゲン化アリール基（アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アリール基及びハロゲン化アリール基はその構造中に置換基、ヘテロ原子を持っていてもよく、Ｙ^２０３又はＹ^２０４が複数個存在する場合にはそれぞれが結合して環を形成してもよい）。General formula (5):

(In the formula, A ^{a +} is a metal ion, a hydrogen ion or an onium ion. A is an integer of 1 to 3, b is an integer of 1 to 3, p is b / a, n203 is an integer of 1 to 4, and n201 is 0 to 0. An integer of 8 is 0 or 1, n202 is a transition metal, and Z ²⁰¹ is a group III, IV or V element of the periodic table.
X ²⁰¹ is O, S, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (alkylene group). , The halogenated alkylene group, the arylene group, and the halogenated arylene group may have a substituent or a hetero atom in the structure, and when n202 is 1 and n203 is 2 to 4, n203 ^X201s are present. Each may be combined).
L ²⁰¹ is a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aryl halide group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (6 to 20 carbon atoms). The alkylene group, the halogenated alkylene group, the arylene group, and the halogenated arylene group may have a substituent or a hetero atom in the structure, and when n201 is 2 to 8, each of n201 L ^201s may have a substituent or a hetero atom. May be combined to form a ring) or -Z ²⁰³ Y ²⁰³ .
Y ²⁰¹ , Y ²⁰² and Z ²⁰³ are independently O, S, NY ²⁰⁴ , hydrocarbon groups or fluorinated hydrocarbon groups, respectively. Y ²⁰³ and Y ²⁰⁴ are independently H, F, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a halogen having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The arylated aryl group (alkyl group, alkyl halide group, aryl group and aryl halide group may have a substituent and a hetero atom in the structure, and when a plurality of Y ²⁰³ or Y ²⁰⁴ are present, respectively. May combine to form a ring).

As ^{Aa +} , lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion, magnesium ion, calcium ion, barium ion, cesium ion, silver ion, zinc ion, copper ion, cobalt ion, iron ion, nickel ion, manganese ion, titanium ion, Lead ion, chromium ion, vanadium ion, ruthenium ion, ittrium ion, lanthanoid ion, actinoid ion, tetrabutylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion, tetramethylammonium ion, triethylmethylammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, pyridinium ion, imidazolium ion , Hydrogen ion, tetraethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetraphenylphosphonium ion, triphenylsulfonium ion, triethylsulfonium ion and the like.

When used in applications such as electrochemical devices, ^{Aa +} is preferably lithium ion, sodium ion, magnesium ion, tetraalkylammonium ion, or hydrogen ion, and lithium ion is particularly preferable. The valence a of the cation of A ^{a +} is an integer of 1 to 3. If it is larger than 3, the crystal lattice energy becomes large, which causes a problem that it becomes difficult to dissolve in the solvent. Therefore, 1 is more preferable when solubility is required. The valence b of the anion is also an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 is particularly preferable. The constant p representing the ratio of cations and anions is inevitably determined by the ratio b / a of the valences of both.

Next, the part of the ligand of the general formula (5) will be described. In the present specification, the organic or inorganic moiety bound to Z ²⁰¹ in the general formula (5) is referred to as a ligand.

Z ²⁰¹ is preferably Al, B, V, Ti, Si, Zr, Ge, Sn, Cu, Y, Zn, Ga, Nb, Ta, Bi, P, As, Sc, Hf or Sb, and is preferably Al. , B or P is more preferable.

X ²⁰¹ represents O, S, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. These alkylene groups and arylene groups may have substituents and heteroatoms in their structures. Specifically, instead of hydrogen on an alkylene group and an arylene group, a halogen atom, a chain or cyclic alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a sulfonyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a carbonyl group. It may have a group, an acyl group, an amide group, or a hydroxyl group as a substituent, or may have a structure in which nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen is introduced instead of carbon on the alkylene and arylene. Further, when n202 is 1 and n203 is 2 to 4, n203 X ^201s may be bonded to each other. An example of such is a ligand such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid.

L ²⁰¹ is a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl halide group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or the like. -Z ²⁰³ Represents Y ²⁰³ (Z ²⁰³ and Y ²⁰³ will be described later). Similar to X ²⁰¹ , the alkyl group and aryl group here may also have a substituent and a hetero atom in the structure, and when n 201 is 2 to 8, n 201 L ²⁰¹ are bonded to each other. May form a ring. As L ²⁰¹ , a fluorine atom or a cyano group is preferable. This is because, in the case of a fluorine atom, the solubility and the degree of dissociation of the salt of the anionic compound are improved, and the ionic conductivity is improved accordingly. In addition, the oxidation resistance is improved, which can suppress the occurrence of side reactions.

Y ²⁰¹ , Y ²⁰² and Z ²⁰³ independently represent O, S, NY ²⁰⁴ , a hydrocarbon group or a fluorinated hydrocarbon group. Y ²⁰¹ and Y ²⁰² are preferably O, S or NY ²⁰⁴ , and more preferably O. As a characteristic of compound (5), there is a bond between Y ²⁰¹ and Y ²⁰² to Z ²⁰¹ in the same ligand, and these ligands form a chelate structure with Z ²⁰¹ . Due to the effect of this chelate, the heat resistance, chemical stability, and hydrolysis resistance of this compound are improved. The constant n202 in this ligand is 0 or 1, but in particular, when it is 0, the chelate ring becomes a five-membered ring, so that the chelate effect is most strongly exerted and the stability is increased, which is preferable.
In the present specification, the fluorinated hydrocarbon group is a group in which at least one hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a fluorine atom.

Y ²⁰³ and Y ²⁰⁴ are independent of each other and have H, F, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl halide group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is an aryl halide group, and these alkyl groups and aryl groups may have a substituent or a hetero atom in the structure, and if a plurality of Y ²⁰³ or Y ²⁰⁴ are present, each of them is bonded. May form a ring.

Further, the constant n203 related to the number of ligands described above is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2. Further, the constant n201 related to the number of ligands described above is an integer of 0 to 8, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and more preferably 0, 2 or 4. Further, it is preferable that n201 is 2 when n203 is 1, and n201 is 0 when n203 is 2.

In the general formula (5), the alkyl group, the alkyl halide group, the aryl group, and the aryl halide group include those having other functional groups such as a branch, a hydroxyl group, and an ether bond.

（式中、Ａ^ａ＋、ａ、ｂ、ｐ、ｎ２０１、Ｚ^２０１及びＬ^２０１は上述したとおり）で示される化合物、又は、一般式：

（式中、Ａ^ａ＋、ａ、ｂ、ｐ、ｎ２０１、Ｚ^２０１及びＬ^２０１は上述したとおり）で示される化合物であることが好ましい。The compound (5) has a general formula:

(In the formula, A ^{a +} , a, b, p, n201, Z ²⁰¹ and L ²⁰¹ are as described above), or the general formula:

(In the formula, A ^{a +} , a, b, p, n201, Z ²⁰¹ and L ²⁰¹ are as described above).

で示されるリチウムビス（オキサラト）ボレート（ＬＩＢＯＢ）、下記式：

で示されるリチウムジフルオロオキサラトボレート（ＬＩＤＦＯＢ）、Examples of the compound (5) include lithium oxalate borate salts, which have the following formula:

Lithium bis (oxalate) borate (LIBOB) represented by, the following formula:

Lithium difluorooxalatoborate (LIDFOB), indicated by

で示されるリチウムジフルオロオキサラトホスファナイト（ＬＩＤＦＯＰ）、下記式：

で示されるリチウムテトラフルオロオキサラトホスファナイト（ＬＩＴＦＯＰ）、下記式：

で示されるリチウムビス（オキサラト）ジフルオロホスファナイト等が挙げられる。The compound (5) also includes the following formula:

Lithium difluorooxalatphosphanite (LIDFOP) represented by, the following formula:

Lithium tetrafluorooxalatphosphanite (LITFOP) represented by, the following formula:

Examples thereof include lithium bis (oxalate) difluorophosphanite indicated by.

In addition, specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid complex salt in which the central element of the complex is boron include lithium bis (malonato) borate, lithium difluoro (malonato) borate, lithium bis (methylmalonato) borate, lithium difluoro (methylmalonato) borate, and lithium bis (. Examples thereof include dimethylmalonato) borate and lithium difluoro (dimethylmalonato) bolate.

Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid complex salt in which the central element of the complex is phosphorus include lithium tris (oxalat) phosphate, lithium tris (malonato) phosphate, lithium difluorobis (malonato) phosphate, lithium tetrafluoro (malonato) phosphate, and lithium tris (lithium tris (malonato) phosphate. Methylmalonato) phosphate, lithium difluorobis (methylmalonato) phosphate, lithium tetrafluoro (methylmalonato) phosphate, lithiumtris (dimethylmalonato) phosphate, lithium difluorobis (dimethylmalonato) phosphate, lithium tetrafluoro (dimethylmalonato) phosphate, etc. Can be mentioned.

Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid complex salt in which the complex center element is aluminum include LiAl (C ₂ O ₄ ) ₂ , LiAl F ₂ (C ₂ O ₄ ) and the like.

Among them, lithium bis (oxalat) borate, lithium difluoro (oxalat) borate, lithium tris (oxalat) phosphate, lithium difluorobis (oxalat) phosphate, and lithium tetrafluoro (oxalat) phosphate are easily available and have a stable film-like structure. It is more preferably used because it can contribute to the formation of an object.
As the compound (5), lithium bis (oxalate) borate is particularly preferable.

The content of the compound (5) is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and 10% by mass with respect to the above solvent, because even more excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. % Or less is preferable, and 3% by mass or less is more preferable.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure preferably further contains an electrolyte salt (however, excluding compound (5)). As the electrolyte salt, in addition to lithium salt, ammonium salt and metal salt, liquid salt (ionic liquid), inorganic polymer type salt, organic polymer type salt and the like can be used in the electrolyte solution. Any one can be used.

As the electrolyte salt of the electrolytic solution for a lithium ion secondary battery, a lithium salt is preferable.
Any of the above lithium salts can be used, and specific examples thereof include the following. For example, LiPF ₆ , LiBF ₄ , LiClO ₄ , LiAlF ₄ , LiSbF ₆ , LiTaF ₆ , LiWF ₇ , _{LiAsF 6} , _{LiAlCl 4} , LiI, LiBr, LiCl, LiB ₁₀ Cl ₁₀ , Li ₂ SiF ₆ Inorganic lithium salts such as LiPO ₂ F ₂ ;
Lithium tungstate such as LiWOF ₅ ;
HCO ₂ Li, CH ₃ CO ₂ Li, CH ₂ FCO ₂ Li, CHF ₂ CO ₂ Li, CF ₃ CO ₂ Li, CF ₃ CH ₂ CO ₂ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ CO ₂ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ Lithium carboxylic acid salts such as CO ₂ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CO ₂ Li;
FSO ₃ Li, CH ₃ SO ₃ Li, CH ₂ FSO ₃ Li, CHF ₂ SO ₃ Li, CF ₃ SO ₃ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ SO ₃ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ SO ₃ Li, CF ₃ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ SO ₃ Li, Lithium Methyl Sulfate, Lithium Ethyl Sulfate (C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li), Lithium 2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl Sulfate and other lithium salts having an S = O group;
LiN (FCO) ₂ , LiN (FCO) (FSO ₂ ), LiN (FSO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (FSO ₂ ) (CF ₃ SO ₂ ), LiN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (C ₂ F ₅ SO) ₂ ) ₂ , Lithium bisperfluoroethanesulfonylimide, Lithium cyclic 1,2-perfluoroethanedisulfonylimide, Lithium cyclic 1,3-Perfluoropropanedisulfonylimide, Lithium cyclic 1,2-Etandisulfonylimide, Lithium Cyclic 1,3-propanedisulfonylimide, lithium cyclic 1,4-perfluorobutanedisulfonylimide, LiN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) (FSO ₂ ), LiN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) (C ₃ F ₇ SO ₂ ) , LiN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) (C ₄ F ₉ SO ₂ ), LiN (POF ₂ ) ₂ and other lithium imide salts;
Lithium methide salts such as LiC (FSO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₃ ;
In addition, a salt represented by the formula: LiPF _a (C _n F _{2n + 1} ) _6-a (in the formula, a is an integer of 0 to 5 and n is an integer of 1 to 6) (for example, LiPF ₃ (C). ₂ F ₅ ) ₃ , LiPF ₃ (CF ₃ ) ₃ , LiPF ₃ (iso-C ₃ F ₇ ) ₃ , LiPF ₅ (iso-C ₃ F ₇ ), LiPF ₄ (CF ₃ ) ₂ , LiPF ₄ (C ₂ ) F ₅ ) ₂ ), LiPF ₄ (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiPF ₄ (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiBF ₃ CF ₃ , LiBF ₃ C ₂ F ₅ , LiBF ₃ C ₃ F ₇ , LiBF ₂ ( Fluorine-containing organolithium salts such as CF ₃ ) ₂ , LiBF ₂ (C ₂ F ₅ ) ₂ , LiBF ₂ (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiBF ₂ (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiSCN, LiB (CN) ₄ , LiB (C ₆ H ₅ ) ₄ , Li ₂ (C ₂ O ₄ ), LiP (C ₂ O ₄ ) ₃ , Li ₂ B ₁₂ F _b H _12-b (b is an integer of 0 to 3), etc. Can be mentioned.

Among them, LiPF ₆ , LiBF ₄ , LiSbF ₆ , LiTaF ₆ , LiPO ₂ F ₂ , FSO ₃ Li, CF ₃ SO ₃ Li, LiN (FSO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (FSO ₂ ) (CF ₃ SO ₂ ), LiN ( CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ , Lithium cyclic 1,2-perfluoroethanedisulfonylimide, Lithium cyclic 1,3-perfluoropropanedisulfonylimide, LiC (FSO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₃ , LiBF ₃ CF ₃ , LiBF ₃ C ₂ F ₅ , LiPF ₃ (CF ₃ ) ₃ , LiPF ₃ (C ₂ F ₅ ) ₃ Etc. are particularly preferable because they have the effect of improving output characteristics, high-rate charge / discharge characteristics, high-temperature storage characteristics, cycle characteristics, etc., and at least one selected from the group consisting of LiPF ₆ , LiN (FSO ₂ ) ₂ and LiBF ₄ . Lithium salt is most preferred.

These electrolyte salts may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A preferable example when two or more kinds are used in combination is a combination of LiPF ₆ and LiBF ₄ , a combination of LiPF ₆ and LiPO ₂ F ₂ , C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li or FSO ₃ Li, and high temperature storage characteristics. , Has the effect of improving load characteristics and cycle characteristics.

In this case, the blending amount of LiBF ₄ , LiPO ₂ F ₂ , C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li or FSO ₃ Li with respect to 100% by mass of the entire electrolytic solution is not limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. , Usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30% by mass or less, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass with respect to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. % Or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less.

Another example is the combined use of an inorganic lithium salt and an organic lithium salt, and the combined use of both has an effect of suppressing deterioration due to high temperature storage. Organolithium salts include CF ₃ SO ₃ Li, LiN (FSO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (FSO ₂ ) (CF ₃ SO ₂ ), LiN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ , LiN (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ . , Lithium Cyclic 1,2-Perfluoroethanedisulfonylimide, Lithium Cyclic 1,3-Perfluoropropanedisulfonylimide, LiC (FSO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₃ , LiC (C ₂ F ₅ SO) ₂ ) ₃ , LiBF ₃ CF ₃ , LiBF ₃ C ₂ F ₅ , LiPF ₃ (CF ₃ ) ₃ , LiPF ₃ (C ₂ F ₅ ) ₃ , etc. are preferable. In this case, the ratio of the organic lithium salt to 100% by mass of the entire electrolytic solution is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and preferably 30% by mass or less, particularly. It is preferably 20% by mass or less.

The concentration of these electrolyte salts in the electrolyte is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. The total molar concentration of lithium in the electrolytic solution is preferably 0.3 mol / L or more, more preferably 0.4 mol / L, from the viewpoint of keeping the electric conductivity of the electrolytic solution in a good range and ensuring good battery performance. The above is more preferably 0.5 mol / L or more, preferably 3 mol / L or less, more preferably 2.5 mol / L or less, still more preferably 2.0 mol / L or less.

If the total molar concentration of lithium is too low, the electrical conductivity of the electrolyte may be inadequate, while if the concentration is too high, the viscosity may increase and the electrical conductivity may decrease, resulting in poor battery performance. May be done.

As the electrolyte salt of the electrolytic solution for the electric double layer capacitor, an ammonium salt is preferable.
Examples of the ammonium salt include the following (IIa) to (IIe).
(IIa) Tetraalkyl quaternary ammonium salt General formula (IIa):

（式中、Ｒ^１ａ、Ｒ^２ａ、Ｒ^３ａ及びＲ^４ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～６のエーテル結合を含んでいてもよいアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン）
で示されるテトラアルキル４級アンモニウム塩が好ましく例示できる。また、このアンモニウム塩の水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子及び／又は炭素数１～４の含フッ素アルキル基で置換されているものも、耐酸化性が向上する点から好ましい。

(In the formula, R ^1a , R ^2a , R ^3a and R ^4a are the same or different, and all of them may contain an ether bond having 1 to 6 carbon atoms ^; X- is an anion).
The tetraalkyl quaternary ammonium salt represented by is preferably exemplified. Further, it is also preferable that a part or all of the hydrogen atom of this ammonium salt is substituted with a fluorine atom and / or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving oxidation resistance.

As a specific example, the general formula (IIa-1):

（式中、Ｒ^１ａ、Ｒ^２ａ及びＸ^－は前記と同じ；ｘ及びｙは同じか又は異なり０～４の整数で、かつｘ＋ｙ＝４）
で示されるテトラアルキル４級アンモニウム塩、一般式（ＩＩａ－２）：

(In the equation, R ^1a , R ^2a and X ^- are the same as above; x and y are the same or different integers from 0 to 4, and x + y = 4).
Tetraalkyl quaternary ammonium salt represented by, general formula (IIa-2) :.

（式中、Ｒ^５ａは炭素数１～６のアルキル基；Ｒ^６ａは炭素数１～６の２価の炭化水素基；Ｒ^７ａは炭素数１～４のアルキル基；ｚは１又は２；Ｘ^－はアニオン）
で示されるアルキルエーテル基含有トリアルキルアンモニウム塩、
等が挙げられる。アルキルエーテル基を導入することにより、粘性の低下を図ることができる。

(In the formula, R ^5a is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R ^6a is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R ^7a is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; z is 1 or 2; X ^- is an anion)
Alkyl ether group-containing trialkylammonium salt, indicated by
And so on. By introducing an alkyl ether group, the viscosity can be reduced.

The anion X ⁻ may be an inorganic anion or an organic anion. Examples of the inorganic anion include AlCl _4- ^, BF _4- ^, PF _6- ^, AsF _6- ^, TaF _6- ^, I- ^{, and} SbF _6- . Examples of the organic anion include bisoxalatoborate anion, difluorooxalatoborate anion, tetrafluorooxarat phosphate anion, difluorobisoxalattophosphate anion, CF ₃ COO ⁻ , CF ₃ SO ₃ ⁻ , (CF ₃ SO ₂ ). ₂ N- ^, (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ N- ^, etc. may be mentioned.

Of these, BF _4- ^, PF _6- ^, AsF _6- ^, and SbF ₆ ^- are preferable from the viewpoint of good oxidation resistance and ion dissociation.

Suitable specific examples of the tetraalkyl quaternary ammonium salt include Et ₄ NBF ₄ , Et ₄ NClO ₄ , Et ₄ NPF ₆ , Et ₄ NAsF ₆ , Et ₄ NSbF ₆ , Et ₄ NCF ₃ SO ₃ and Et ₄ N. CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ N, Et ₄ NC ₄ F ₉ SO ₃ , Et _{3 MeNBF 4} , Et ₃ MeNClo ₄ , Et ₃ MeNPF ₆ , Et _{3 MeNAsF 6} , Et _{3 MeNAsF 6 3} MeN (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ N, Et ₃ MeNC ₄ F ₉ SO ₃ may be used, and in particular, Et ₄ NBF ₄ , Et ₄ NPF ₆ , Et _{4 NSbF 6} , Et _{4 NAsF 6} , N, N-diethyl-N-methyl-N- (2-methoxyethyl) ammonium salt and the like.

(IIb) Spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt General formula (IIb-1):

（式中、Ｒ^８ａ及びＲ^９ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～４のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン；ｎ１は０～５の整数；ｎ２は０～５の整数）
で示されるスピロ環ビピロリジニウム塩、一般式（ＩＩｂ－２）：

(In the formula, R ^8a and R ^9a are the same or different, and both are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X ⁻ is an anion; n1 is an integer of 0 to 5; n2 is an integer of 0 to 5).
Spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt represented by, general formula (IIb-2) :.

（式中、Ｒ^１０ａ及びＲ^１１ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～４のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン；ｎ３は０～５の整数；ｎ４は０～５の整数）
で示されるスピロ環ビピロリジニウム塩、又は、一般式（ＩＩｂ－３）：

(In the formula, R ^10a and R ^11a are the same or different, and both are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X ^- is an anion; n3 is an integer of 0 to 5; n4 is an integer of 0 to 5).
Spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt represented by, or general formula (IIb-3) :.

（式中、Ｒ^１２ａ及びＲ^１３ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～４のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン；ｎ５は０～５の整数；ｎ６は０～５の整数）
で示されるスピロ環ビピロリジニウム塩が好ましく挙げられる。また、このスピロ環ビピロリジニウム塩の水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子及び／又は炭素数１～４の含フッ素アルキル基で置換されているものも、耐酸化性が向上する点から好ましい。

(In the formula, R ^12a and R ^13a are the same or different, and both are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X ^- is an anion; n5 is an integer of 0 to 5; n6 is an integer of 0 to 5).
Spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt represented by is preferably mentioned. Further, it is also preferable that a part or all of the hydrogen atom of this spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt is substituted with a fluorine atom and / or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving oxidation resistance.

Preferred specific examples of the anion X ⁻ are the same as in the case of (IIa). Among them, BF _4- , PF _6- , (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ N- or (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ N- are highly dissociative and have low internal resistance under high voltage. preferable.

等が挙げられる。Preferred specific examples of the spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt include, for example,

And so on.

This spiro ring bipyrrolidinium salt is excellent in solubility in a solvent, oxidation resistance, and ionic conductivity.

(IIc) Imidazole salt general formula (IIc):

（式中、Ｒ^１４ａ及びＲ^１５ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～６のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン）
で示されるイミダゾリウム塩が好ましく例示できる。また、このイミダゾリウム塩の水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子及び／又は炭素数１～４の含フッ素アルキル基で置換されているものも、耐酸化性が向上する点から好ましい。

(In the formula, R ^14a and R ^15a are the same or different, and both are alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; X ^- is an anion).
The imidazolium salt represented by is preferably exemplified. Further, it is also preferable that a part or all of the hydrogen atom of this imidazolium salt is substituted with a fluorine atom and / or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving oxidation resistance.

Preferred specific examples of anion X ⁻ are the same as in (IIa).

As a preferable specific example, for example

等が挙げられる。

And so on.

This imidazolium salt is excellent in that it has low viscosity and good solubility.

(IId): N-alkylpyridinium salt general formula (IId):

（式中、Ｒ^１６ａは炭素数１～６のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン）
で示されるＮ－アルキルピリジニウム塩が好ましく例示できる。また、このＮ－アルキルピリジニウム塩の水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子及び／又は炭素数１～４の含フッ素アルキル基で置換されているものも、耐酸化性が向上する点から好ましい。

(In the formula, R ^16a is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; X ^- is an anion).
The N-alkylpyridinium salt represented by is preferably exemplified. Further, it is also preferable that a part or all of the hydrogen atom of this N-alkylpyridinium salt is substituted with a fluorine atom and / or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of improving oxidation resistance.

Preferred specific examples of anion X ⁻ are the same as in (IIa).

As a preferable specific example, for example

等が挙げられる。

And so on.

This N-alkylpyridinium salt is excellent in that it has low viscosity and good solubility.

(IIe) N, N-dialkylpyrrolidinium salt General formula (IIe):

（式中、Ｒ^１７ａ及びＲ^１８ａは同じか又は異なり、いずれも炭素数１～６のアルキル基；Ｘ^－はアニオン）
で示されるＮ，Ｎ－ジアルキルピロリジニウム塩が好ましく例示できる。また、このＮ，Ｎ－ジアルキルピロリジニウム塩の水素原子の一部又は全部がフッ素原子及び／又は炭素数１～４の含フッ素アルキル基で置換されているものも、耐酸化性が向上する点から好ましい。

(In the formula, R ^17a and R ^18a are the same or different, and both are alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; X ^- is an anion).
The N, N-dialkylpyrrolidinium salt represented by is preferably exemplified. Further, the oxidation resistance is also improved when a part or all of the hydrogen atom of this N, N-dialkylpyrrolidinium salt is substituted with a fluorine atom and / or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is preferable from the point of view.

Preferred specific examples of anion X ⁻ are the same as in (IIa).

As a preferable specific example, for example

等が挙げられる。

And so on.

This N, N-dialkylpyrrolidinium salt is excellent in that it has low viscosity and good solubility.

Of these ammonium salts, (IIa), (IIb) and (IIc) are preferable in terms of good solubility, oxidation resistance and ionic conductivity, and further.

（式中、Ｍｅはメチル基；Ｅｔはエチル基；Ｘ^－、ｘ、ｙは式（ＩＩａ－１）と同じ）
が好ましい。

(In the formula, Me is a methyl group; Et is an ethyl group; X ⁻ , x, y are the same as in the formula (IIa-1)).
Is preferable.

Further, a lithium salt may be used as the electrolyte salt for the electric double layer capacitor. As the lithium salt, for example, LiPF ₆ , LiBF ₄ , LiN (FSO ₂ ) ₂ , LiAsF ₆ , LiSbF ₆ , and LiN (SO ₂ C ₂ H ₅ ) ₂ are preferable.
Magnesium salts may be used to further improve the volume. As the magnesium salt, for example, Mg (ClO ₄ ) ₂ , Mg (OOC ₂ H ₅ ) ₂ , and the like are preferable.

When the electrolyte salt is the ammonium salt, the concentration is preferably 0.7 mol / liter or more. If it is less than 0.7 mol / liter, not only the low temperature characteristics are deteriorated, but also the initial internal resistance may be increased. The concentration of the electrolyte salt is more preferably 0.9 mol / liter or more.
The upper limit of the concentration is preferably 2.0 mol / liter or less, and more preferably 1.5 mol / liter or less in terms of low temperature characteristics.
When the ammonium salt is triethylmethylammonium tetrafluoride (TEMABF ₄ ), the concentration thereof is preferably 0.7 to 1.5 mol / liter in terms of excellent low temperature characteristics.
Further, in the case of spirobipyrrolidinium tetrafluoride (SBPBF ₄ ), it is preferably 0.7 to 2.0 mol / liter.

（式中、Ｘ^２１は少なくともＨ又はＣを含む基、ｎ２１は１～３の整数、Ｙ^２１及びＺ^２１は、同じか又は異なり、少なくともＨ、Ｃ、Ｏ又はＦを含む基、ｎ２２は０又は１、Ｙ^２１及びＺ^２１はお互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。）で示される化合物（２）を更に含むことが好ましい。上記電解液が化合物（２）を含むと、高温で保管した場合でも、容量保持率が一層低下しにくく、ガスの発生量が更に増加しにくい。The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is the general formula (2) :.

(In the formula, X ²¹ is a group containing at least H or C, n 21 is an integer of 1 to 3, Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ are the same or different, and n 22 is a group containing at least H, C, O or F, and n 22 is 0. Alternatively, 1, Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ may be bonded to each other to form a ring), and it is preferable that the compound (2) further contained. When the electrolytic solution contains the compound (2), the capacity retention rate is less likely to decrease and the amount of gas generated is less likely to increase even when stored at a high temperature.

When n21 is 2 or 3, the two or three ^X21s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ , the plurality of Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ may be the same or different.

X ²¹ is represented by -CY ²¹ Z ^21- (in the formula, Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ are as described above) or -CY ²¹ = CZ ^21- (in the formula, Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ are as described above). The group is preferred.

Y ²¹ includes H-, F-, CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF _3- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CH ₂ FCH _2- and CF ₃ CF ₂ CF. At least one selected from the group consisting of ₂ − is preferable.
As Z ²¹ , H-, F-, CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF _3- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CH ₂ FCH _2- and CF ₃ CF ₂ CF At least one selected from the group consisting of ₂ − is preferable.

Alternatively, Y ²¹ and Z ²¹ can be bonded to each other to form a carbocycle or heterocycle which may contain unsaturated bonds and may have aromaticity. The number of carbon atoms in the ring is preferably 3 to 20.

Next, a specific example of the compound (2) will be described. In the following examples, the term "affinity" refers to an acid anhydride obtained by replacing a part of the structure of the exemplified acid anhydride with another structure within a range not contrary to the purpose of the present disclosure. For example, a dimer composed of a plurality of acid anhydrides, a trimer and a tetramer, etc., or a substituent having the same carbon number but having a branched chain and having a branched chain, the substituent is an acid. Examples thereof include those having different sites that bind to anhydride.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride forming a 5-membered ring structure include succinic anhydride, methyl succinic acid anhydride (4-methyl succinic acid anhydride), and dimethyl succinic acid anhydride (4,4-dimethyl succinic acid anhydride). , 4,5-dimethylsuccinic anhydride, etc.), 4,4,5-trimethylsuccinic anhydride, 4,4,5,5-tetramethylsuccinic anhydride, 4-vinylsuccinic anhydride, 4,5 -Divinyl succinic anhydride, phenylsuccinic anhydride (4-phenylsuccinic anhydride), 4,5-diphenylsuccinic anhydride, 4,4-diphenylsuccinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, maleic anhydride, Methylmaleic hydride (4-methylmaleic hydride), 4,5-dimethylmaleic hydride, phenylmaleic hydride (4-phenylmaleic hydride), 4,5-diphenylmaleic hydride, Itaconic acid anhydride, 5-methylitaconic acid anhydride, 5,5-dimethylitaconic acid anhydride, phthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid anhydride and the like, and their analogs and the like. Be done.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride forming a 6-membered ring structure include cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid anhydride (cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, etc.), 4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples thereof include glutaric acid anhydride, glutaconic acid anhydride, 2-phenylglutaric acid anhydride and the like, and their analogs and the like.

Specific examples of other acid anhydrides forming a cyclic structure include 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, pyromellitic acid anhydride, and diglycolic acid anhydride. Etc., and their analogs and the like.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride having a cyclic structure and substituted with a halogen atom include monofluorosuccinic anhydride (4-fluorosuccinic anhydride, etc.), 4,4-difluorosuccinic anhydride, and 4 , 5-Difluorosuccinic anhydride, 4,4,5-trifluorosuccinic acid anhydride, trifluoromethylsuccinic acid anhydride, tetrafluorosuccinic acid anhydride (4,4,5,5-tetrafluorosuccinic acid anhydride) ), 4-Fluoromaleic acid anhydride, 4,5-difluoromaleic acid anhydride, trifluoromethylmaleic acid anhydride, 5-fluoroitaconic acid anhydride, 5,5-difluoroitaconic acid anhydride, etc., and them. Anhydrides and the like can be mentioned.

Examples of the compound (2) include glutacon anhydride, citraconic anhydride, glutaconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, diglycolic acid anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, and 4-cyclohexene. 1,2-Dicarboxylic acid anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid anhydride, 5-norbornen-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, phenylsuccinic acid anhydride, 2-phenylglutaric acid anhydride, Maleic anhydride, methylmaleic anhydride, trifluoromethylmaleic anhydride, phenylmaleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, methylsuccinic anhydride, dimethylsuccinic anhydride, trifluoromethylsuccinic anhydride, monofluorosuccinate Acid anhydride, tetrafluorosuccinic anhydride and the like are preferable, and maleic anhydride, methyl maleic anhydride, trifluoromethyl maleic anhydride, anhydrous succinic acid, methyl succinic acid anhydride, trifluoromethyl succinic acid anhydride, tetra. Fluorosuccinic anhydrate is more preferable, and maleic anhydride and succinic anhydride are even more preferable.

Compound (2) is a general formula (3) :.

（式中、Ｘ^３１～Ｘ^３４は、同じか又は異なり、少なくともＨ、Ｃ、Ｏ又はＦを含む基）で示される化合物（３）、及び、一般式（４）：

The compound (3) represented by (in the formula, X ³¹ to X ³⁴ are groups which are the same or different and contain at least H, C, O or F), and the general formula (4):

（式中、Ｘ^４１及びＸ^４２は、同じか又は異なり、少なくともＨ、Ｃ、Ｏ又はＦを含む基）で示される化合物（４）からなる群より選択される少なくとも１種であることが好ましい。

(In the formula, X ⁴¹ and X ⁴² are the same or different, and preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the compound (4) represented by the compound (group containing at least H, C, O or F). ..

As X ³¹ to X ³⁴ , at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkenyl group and a fluorinated alkenyl group is preferable. The carbon number of X ³¹ to X ³⁴ is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.

X ³¹ to X ³⁴ are the same or different, H-, F-, CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF _3- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CH ₂ FCH. More preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of _2- and CF ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- .

As X ⁴¹ and X ⁴² , at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkenyl group and a fluorinated alkenyl group is preferable. The carbon number of X ⁴¹ and X ⁴² is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.

X ⁴¹ and X ⁴² are the same or different, H-, F-, CH _3- , CH ₃ CH _2- , CH ₃ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF _3- , CF ₃ CF _2- , CH ₂ FCH. More preferably, at least one selected from the group consisting of _2- and CF ₃ CF ₂ CF _2- .

The compound (3) is preferably any of the following compounds.

The compound (4) is preferably any of the following compounds.

Even when the electrolytic solution is stored at a high temperature, the capacity retention rate is less likely to decrease and the amount of gas generated is less likely to increase. Therefore, 0.0001 to 15% by mass of the compound (based on the electrolytic solution) ( 2) is preferably included. The content of the compound (2) is more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, further preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.

When the electrolytic solution contains both the compounds (3) and (4), the capacity retention rate is less likely to decrease and the amount of gas generated is less likely to increase even when stored at a high temperature. , It is preferable to contain 0.08 to 2.50% by mass of the compound (3) and 0.02 to 1.50% by mass of the compound (4) with respect to the above electrolytic solution, and 0.80 to 2.50. It is more preferable to contain a mass% of compound (3) and a compound of 0.08 to 1.50% by mass (4).

（式中、Ｒ^ａ及びＲ^ｂは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、シアノ基（ＣＮ）、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又は、アルキル基の少なくとも一部の水素原子をハロゲン原子で置換した基を表す。ｎは１～１０の整数を表す。）

（式中、Ｒ^ｃは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルキル基の少なくとも一部の水素原子をハロゲン原子で置換した基、又は、ＮＣ－Ｒ^ｃ１－Ｘ^ｃ１－（Ｒ^ｃ１はアルキレン基、Ｘ^ｃ１は酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。）で表される基を表す。Ｒ^ｄ及びＲ^ｅは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又は、アルキル基の少なくとも一部の水素原子をハロゲン原子で置換した基を表す。ｍは１～１０の整数を表す。）

（式中、Ｒ^ｆ、Ｒ^ｇ、Ｒ^ｈ及びＲ^ｉは、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基（ＣＮ）を含む基、水素原子（Ｈ）、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又は、アルキル基の少なくとも一部の水素原子をハロゲン原子で置換した基を表す。ただし、Ｒ^ｆ、Ｒ^ｇ、Ｒ^ｈ及びＲ^ｉのうち少なくとも１つはシアノ基を含む基である。ｌは１～３の整数を表す。）
これにより、電気化学デバイスの高温保存特性を向上させることができる。上記ニトリル化合物を単独で用いてもよく、２種以上を任意の組み合わせ及び比率で併用してもよい。The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the nitrile compounds represented by the following general formulas (1a), (1b) and (1c).

^{(In the formula, Ra and R b are} independent hydrogen atoms, cyano groups (CN), halogen atoms, alkyl groups, or groups in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom. Represents. N represents an integer from 1 to 10.)

(In the formula, R ^c is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom, or NC-R ^c1 -X ^c1- (R ^c1 is an alkylene group). , X ^c1 represents a group represented by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.) R ^d and ^Re each independently represent at least a part of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. Represents a group in which the hydrogen atom of is replaced with a halogen atom. M represents an integer of 1 to 10.)

(In the formula, R ^f , R ^g , R ^h and R ⁱ are each independently at least one of a group containing a cyano group (CN), a hydrogen atom (H), a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. Represents a group in which a hydrogen atom is replaced with a halogen atom. However, at least one of R ^f , R ^g , R ^h and R ⁱ is a group containing a cyano group. L represents an integer of 1 to 3. .)
This makes it possible to improve the high temperature storage characteristics of the electrochemical device. The above-mentioned nitrile compound may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in any combination and ratio.

In the above general formula (1a ^{), Ra and R b independently} have a hydrogen atom, a cyano group (CN), a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group as a halogen atom. It is a substituted group.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Of these, a fluorine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group and the like.
Examples of the group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom include a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned alkyl group is replaced with the above-mentioned halogen atom.
When Ra and R ^b are an alkyl group or a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom, ^Ra and R ^b are bonded to each other to form a ring structure (for example, cyclohexane ring ⁾ . ) May be formed.
R ^a and R ^b are preferably hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups.

In the above general formula (1a), n is an integer of 1 to 10. When n is 2 or more, all n Ras may be the same, or at least ^a part thereof may be different. The same applies to R ^b . n is preferably an integer of 1 to 7, more preferably an integer of 2 to 5.

As the nitrile compound represented by the general formula (1a), dinitrile and tricarbonitrile are preferable.
Specific examples of dinitrile include malononitrile, succinonitrile, glutaronitrile, adipohnitrile, pimeronitrile, suberonitrile, azelanitrile, sevaconitrile, undecandinitrile, dodecandinitrile, methylmalononitrile, ethylmalononitrile, isopropylmalononitrile, and tert-butyl. Marononitrile, methylsuccinonitrile, 2,2-dimethylsuccinonitrile, 2,3-dimethylsuccinonitrile, 2,3,3-trimethylsuccinonitrile, 2,2,3,3-tetramethylsuccinonitrile , 2,3-diethyl-2,3-dimethylsuccinonitrile, 2,2-diethyl-3,3-dimethylsuccinonitrile, bicyclohexyl-1,1-dicarbonitrile, bicyclohexyl-2,2-di Carbonitrile, Bicyclohexyl-3,3-dicarbonitrile, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanedicarbonitrile, 2,3-diisobutyl-2,3-dimethylsuccinonitrile, 2,2-diisobutyl- 3,3-dimethylsuccinonitrile, 2-methylglutaronitrile, 2,3-dimethylglutaronitrile, 2,4-dimethylglutaronitrile, 2,2,3,3-tetramethylglutaronitrile, 2, 2,4,4-Tetramethylglutaronitrile, 2,2,3,4-tetramethylglutaronitrile, 2,3,3,4-tetramethylglutaronitrile, 1,4-dicyanopentane, 2,6 -Dicyanoheptane, 2,7-dicyanooctane, 2,8-dicyanononane, 1,6-dicyanodecane, 1,2-dicyanobenzene, 1,3-dicyanobenzene, 1,4-dicyanobenzene, 3,3' -(Ethethylenedioxy) dipropionitrile, 3,3'-(ethylenedithio) dipropionitrile, 3,9-bis (2-cyanoethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5,5] Examples thereof include undecane, butanenitrile, and phthalonitrile. Of these, succinonitrile, glutaronitrile, and adiponitrile are particularly preferable.
Specific examples of the tricarbonitrile include pentantricarbonitrile, propantricarbonitrile, 1,3,5-hexanetricarbonitrile, 1,3,6-hexanetricarbonitrile, heptanetricarbonitrile, and 1, Examples thereof include 2,3-propanetricarbonitrile, 1,3,5-pentanetricarbonitrile, cyclohexanetricarbonitrile, triscyanoethylamine, triscyanoethoxypropane, tricyanoethylene, tris (2-cyanoethyl) amine and the like. Preferred are 1,3,6-hexanetricarbonitrile, cyclohexanetricarbonitrile, and most preferred are cyclohexanetricarbonitrile.

In the above general formula (1b), R ^c is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a group in which at least a part of hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom, or NC-R ^c1 -X ^c1- (R). ^c1 is an alkylene group, X ^c1 is a group represented by an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom), and R ^d and ^Re are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, alkyl groups, or alkyl groups. It is a group in which at least a part of hydrogen atoms in the above is replaced with a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom, the alkyl group, and the group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with the halogen atom include those exemplified by the above general formula (1a).
R ^c1 in the above NC-R ^c1 -X ^c1 -is an alkylene group. As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable.
It is preferable that R ^c , R ^d and R ^e are independent hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, alkyl groups, or groups in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom.
At least one of R ^c , R ^d and R ^e is preferably a halogen atom or a group in which at least a part of a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom, and at least a fluorine atom or an alkyl group. It is more preferable that the group is a group in which some hydrogen atoms are replaced with fluorine atoms.
When R ^d and ^Re are an alkyl group or a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom, R ^d and ^Re are bonded to each other to form a ring structure (for example, cyclohexane ring). ) May be formed.

In the above general formula (1b), m is an integer of 1 to 10. When m is 2 or more, all m R ^ds may be the same, or at least a part thereof may be different. The same ^applies to Re. For m, an integer of 2 to 7 is preferable, and an integer of 2 to 5 is more preferable.

Examples of the nitrile compound represented by the general formula (1b) include acetonitrile, propionitrile, butyronitrile, isobutyronitrile, valeronitrile, isovaleronitrile, lauronitrile, 3-methoxypropionitrile, and 2-methylbutyro. Nitrile, trimethylnitrile, hexanenitrile, cyclopentanecarbonitrile, cyclohexanecarbonitrile, fluoronitrile, difluoronitrile, trifluoronitrile, 2-fluoropropionitrile, 3-fluoropropionitrile, 2,2-difluoropropionitrile, 2,3-Difluoropropionitrile, 3,3-difluoropropionitrile, 2,2,3-trifluoropropionitrile, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionitrile, 3,3'-oxydipropionitrile, Examples thereof include 3,3'-thiodipropionitrile, pentafluoropropionitrile, methoxynitrile, benzonitrile and the like. Of these, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionitrile is particularly preferable.

In the above general formula (1c), R ^f , R ^g , R ^h and R ⁱ are independently at least a group containing a cyano group (CN), a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. It is a group in which some hydrogen atoms are replaced with halogen atoms.
Examples of the halogen atom, the alkyl group, and the group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group is replaced with the halogen atom include those exemplified by the above general formula (1a).
Examples of the group containing a cyano group include a cyano group and a group in which at least a part of hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group is substituted with a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group in this case include those exemplified for the above general formula (1a).
At least one of R ^f , R ^g , R ^h and R ⁱ is a group containing a cyano group. Preferably, at least two of R ^f , R ^g , R ^h and R ⁱ are groups containing a cyano group, and more preferably R ^h and R ⁱ are groups containing a cyano group. .. When R ^h and R ⁱ are groups containing a cyano group, R ^f and R ^g are preferably hydrogen atoms.

In the above general formula (1c), l is an integer of 1 to 3. When l is 2 or more, all L r ^fs may be the same, or at least a part thereof may be different. The same applies to R ^g . l is preferably an integer of 1 to 2.

Examples of the nitrile compound represented by the general formula (1c) include 3-hexendinitrile, mucononitrile, maleonitrile, fumaronitrile, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, crotononitrile, 3-methylcrotononitrile, and 2-methyl-2-. Butenenitrile, 2-pentenenitrile, 2-methyl-2-pentenenitrile, 3-methyl-2-pentenenitrile, 2-hexenenitrile and the like are exemplified, and 3-hexenedinitrile and mucononitrile are preferable, and 3-hexendiyl is particularly preferable. Nitrile is preferred.

The content of the nitrile compound is preferably 0.2 to 7% by mass with respect to the electrolytic solution. This makes it possible to further improve the high-temperature storage characteristics and safety of the electrochemical device at high voltage. The lower limit of the total content of the nitrile compound is more preferably 0.3% by mass, further preferably 0.5% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 5% by mass, further preferably 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5% by mass.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may contain a compound having an isocyanato group (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as "isocyanate"). The isocyanate is not particularly limited, and any isocyanate can be used. Examples of isocyanates include monoisocyanates, diisocyanates, triisocyanates and the like.

Specific examples of monoisocyanates include isocyanatomethane, isocyanatoetane, 1-isocyanatopropane, 1-isocyanatobutane, 1-isocyanatopentane, 1-isocyanatohexane, 1-isocyanatoheptane, 1-isocyanate. Natooctane, 1-isocyanatononan, 1-isocyanatodecane, isocyanatocyclohexane, methoxycarbonyl isocyanate, ethoxycarbonyl isocyanate, propoxycarbonyl isocyanate, butoxycarbonyl isocyanate, methoxysulfonyl isocyanate, ethoxysulfonyl isocyanate, propoxysulfonyl isocyanate, butoxysulfonyl isocyanate , Fluorosulfonyl isocyanate, methyl isocyanate, butyl isocyanate, phenylisocyanate, 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, ethyl isocyanate and the like.

Specific examples of the diisocyanates include 1,4-diisocyanatobutane, 1,5-diisocyanatopentane, 1,6-diisocyanatohexane, 1,7-diisocyanatoheptane, and 1,8-diisocyanate. Natooctane, 1,9-diisocyanatononan, 1,10-diisocyanatodecane, 1,3-diisocyanatopropene, 1,4-diisocyanato-2-butene, 1,4-diisocyanato-2-fluorobutane , 1,4-Diisocyanato-2,3-difluorobutane, 1,5-diisocyanato-2-pentene, 1,5-diisocyanato-2-methylpentane, 1,6-diisocyanato-2-hexene, 1,6-diisocyanato -3-Hexen, 1,6-diisocyanato-3-fluorohexane, 1,6-diisocyanato-3,4-difluorohexane, toluenediisocyanate, xylenediocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, 1,2-bis (isocyanatomethyl) cyclohexane , 1,3-bis (isocyanatomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,4-bis (isocyanatomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,2-diisocyanatocyclohexane, 1,3-diisocyanatocyclohexane, 1,4-diisocyanato Cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane-1,1'-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-2,2'-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-3,3'-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, bicyclo [2.2] .1] Heptane-2,5-diylbis (methyl = isocyanate), bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,6-diylbis (methyl = isocyanate), 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, Examples thereof include 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylenediisocyanate, octamethylene diisocyanate, and tetramethylene diisocyanate.

Specific examples of triisocyanates include 1,6,11-triisocyanatoundecane, 4-isocyanatomethyl-1,8-octamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3,5-triisocyanatemethylbenzene, 1,3,5. -Tris (6-isocyanatohexa-1-yl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 4- (isocyanatomethyl) octamethylene = diisocyanate, etc. Can be mentioned.

Among them, 1,6-diisocyanatohexane, 1,3-bis (isocyanatomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,3,5-tris (6-isocyanatohex-1-yl) -1,3,5-triazine- 2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate are industrially readily available. Therefore, it is preferable in that the production cost of the electrolytic solution can be kept low, and it can contribute to the formation of a stable film-like structure from a technical point of view, and is more preferably used.

The content of isocyanate is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired, but is preferably 0.001% by mass or more and 1.0% by mass or less with respect to the electrolytic solution. When the isocyanate content is at least this lower limit, it is possible to bring about a sufficient effect of improving the cycle characteristics in the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. Further, when it is not more than this upper limit, it is possible to avoid an increase in initial resistance of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. The isocyanate content is more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, further preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.8% by mass or less, still more preferably. Is 0.7% by mass or less, particularly preferably 0.6% by mass or less.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may contain a cyclic sulfonic acid ester. The cyclic sulfonic acid ester is not particularly limited, and any cyclic sulfonic acid ester can be used. Examples of the cyclic sulfonic acid ester include saturated cyclic sulfonic acid ester, unsaturated cyclic sulfonic acid ester, saturated cyclic disulfonic acid ester, unsaturated cyclic disulfonic acid ester and the like.

Specific examples of the saturated cyclic sulfonic acid ester include 1,3-propanesulton, 1-fluoro-1,3-propanesulton, 2-fluoro-1,3-propanesulton, 3-fluoro-1,3-propanesulton. , 1-Methyl-1,3-Propane Sulfon, 2-Methyl-1,3-Propane Sulfon, 3-Methyl-1,3-Propane Sulfon, 1,3-Butansulton, 1,4-Butansulton, 1-Fluoro- 1,4-Butansulton, 2-Fluoro-1,4-Butansulton, 3-Fluoro-1,4-Butansulton, 4-Fluoro-1,4-Butansulton, 1-Methyl-1,4-Butansulton, 2-Methyl- Examples thereof include 1,4-butansulton, 3-methyl-1,4-butansulton, 4-methyl-1,4-butansulton, 2,4-butansulton and the like.

Specific examples of the unsaturated cyclic sulfonic acid ester include 1-propen-1,3-sultone, 2-propen-1,3-sultone, 1-fluoro-1-propen-1,3-sultone, and 2-fluoro-. 1-Propen-1,3-Sultone, 3-Fluoro-1-Propen-1,3-Sultone, 1-Fluoro-2-Propen-1,3-Sultone, 2-Fluoro-2-Propen-1,3- Sultone, 3-fluoro-2-propen-1,3-sultone, 1-methyl-1-propen-1,3-sultone, 2-methyl-1-propen-1,3-sultone, 3-methyl-1- Propen-1,3-sultone, 1-methyl-2-propen-1,3-sultone, 2-methyl-2-propen-1,3-sultone, 3-methyl-2-propen-1,3-sultone, 1-buten-1,4-sultone, 2-buten-1,4-sultone, 3-buten-1,4-sultone, 1-fluoro-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-fluoro-1- Buten-1,4-sultone, 3-fluoro-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 4-fluoro-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 1-fluoro-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-Fluoro-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 3-fluoro-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 4-fluoro-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 1,3-propensultone, 1 -Fluoro-3-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-fluoro-3-butene-1,4-sultone, 3-fluoro-3-butene-1,4-sultone, 4-fluoro-3-butene-1 , 4-sultone, 1-methyl-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-methyl-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 3-methyl-1-butene-1,4-sultone, 4-methyl -1-butene-1,4-sultone, 1-methyl-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-methyl-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 3-methyl-2-butene-1,4 -Sultone, 4-methyl-2-butene-1,4-sultone, 1-methyl-3-butene-1,4-sultone, 2-methyl-3-butene-1,4-sultone, 3-methyl-3 -Butene-1,4-sultone, 4-methyl-3-butene-14-sultone and the like can be mentioned.

Among them, 1,3-propane sultone, 1-fluoro-1,3-propane sultone, 2-fluoro-1,3-propane sultone, 3-fluoro-1,3-propane sultone, 1-propene-1,3- Sultone is more preferably used because it is easily available and can contribute to the formation of a stable film-like structure. The content of the cyclic sulfonic acid ester is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired, but is preferably 0.001% by mass or more and 3.0% by mass or less with respect to the electrolytic solution. be.

When the content of the cyclic sulfonic acid ester is not more than this lower limit, a sufficient effect of improving the cycle characteristics can be brought to the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. Further, when it is not more than this upper limit, it is possible to avoid an increase in the manufacturing cost of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery. The content of the cyclic sulfonic acid ester is more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, further preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 2.5% by mass or less. It is more preferably 2.0% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1.8% by mass or less.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may further contain polyethylene oxide having a weight average molecular weight of 2000 to 4000 and having -OH, -OCOOH, or -COOH at the end.
By containing such a compound, the stability of the electrode interface can be improved and the characteristics of the electrochemical device can be improved.
Examples of the polyethylene oxide include polyethylene oxide monool, polyethylene oxide carboxylic acid, polyethylene oxide diol, polyethylene oxide dicarboxylic acid, polyethylene oxide triol, and polyethylene oxide tricarboxylic acid. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Among them, a mixture of polyethylene oxide monool and polyethylene oxide diol and a mixture of polyethylene carboxylic acid and polyethylene dicarboxylic acid are preferable in that the characteristics of the electrochemical device are improved.

If the weight average molecular weight of the polyethylene oxide is too small, it may be easily oxidatively decomposed. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 3000 to 4000.
The weight average molecular weight can be measured by polystyrene conversion by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.

The content of the polyethylene oxide is preferably 1 × 10 ^-6 to 1 × 10 ⁻² mol / kg in the electrolytic solution. If the content of the polyethylene oxide is too high, the characteristics of the electrochemical device may be impaired.
The content of the polyethylene oxide is more preferably 5 × 10 ^-6 mol / kg or more.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may further contain a fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, an unsaturated cyclic carbonate, an overcharge inhibitor, other known auxiliaries and the like as additives. As a result, deterioration of the characteristics of the electrochemical device can be suppressed.

Examples of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate include the compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (A). Among them, fluoroethylene carbonate, difluoroethylene carbonate, monofluoromethylethylene carbonate, trifluoromethylethylene carbonate, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropylethylene carbonate (4- (2,2,3,3) 3-Pentafluoro-propyl)-[1,3] dioxolane-2-one) is preferred. As the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

The content of the fluorinated saturated cyclic carbonate is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and 0.1 to 3% with respect to the electrolytic solution. It is more preferably by mass%.

Examples of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate include vinylene carbonates, ethylene carbonates substituted with a substituent having an aromatic ring or a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond, phenyl carbonates, vinyl carbonates, and allyl carbonates. Examples thereof include catechol carbonates.

Examples of vinylene carbonates include vinylene carbonate, methylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-dimethylvinylene carbonate, phenylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-diphenylvinylene carbonate, vinylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-divinylvinylene carbonate, allylvinylene carbonate, 4 , 5-Diallyl vinylene carbonate, 4-fluorovinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-methylvinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-phenylvinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-vinylvinylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-fluoro Examples thereof include vinylene carbonate, ethynylethylene carbonate, propargylethylene carbonate, methylvinylene carbonate, dimethylvinylene carbonate and the like.

Specific examples of ethylene carbonates substituted with a substituent having an aromatic ring or a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond include vinyl ethylene carbonate, 4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, and 4-methyl-5. Vinyl ethylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-vinylethylene carbonate, ethynylethylene carbonate, 4,5-dietinylethylene carbonate, 4-methyl-5-ethynylethylene carbonate, 4-vinyl-5-ethynylethylene carbonate, 4-allyl -5-Ethynylethylene carbonate, phenylethylene carbonate, 4,5-diphenylethylene carbonate, 4-phenyl-5-vinylethylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-phenylethylene carbonate, allylethylene carbonate, 4,5-diallylethylene carbonate , 4-Methyl-5-allylethylene carbonate, 4-methylene-1,3-dioxolan-2-one, 4,5-dimethylene-1,3-dioxolan-2-one, 4-methyl-5-allylethylenecarbonate And so on.

Among them, the unsaturated cyclic carbonates include vinylene carbonate, methylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-dimethylvinylene carbonate, vinylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-vinylvinylene carbonate, allylvinylene carbonate, 4,5-diallylvinylene carbonate, and vinyl. Ethylene carbonate, 4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, 4-methyl-5-vinylethylene carbonate, allylethylene carbonate, 4,5-diallylethylene carbonate, 4-methyl-5-allylethylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-vinyl Preferably, ethylene carbonate, ethynyl ethylene carbonate, 4,5-diethynyl ethylene carbonate, 4-methyl-5-ethynylethylene carbonate, and 4-vinyl-5-ethynylethylene carbonate. Further, vinylene carbonate, vinylethylene carbonate, and ethynylethylene carbonate are particularly preferable because they form a more stable interface protective film, and vinylene carbonate is most preferable.

The molecular weight of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. The molecular weight is preferably 50 or more and 250 or less. Within this range, it is easy to secure the solubility of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate in the electrolytic solution, and the effect of the present disclosure is likely to be sufficiently exhibited. The molecular weight of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate is more preferably 80 or more, and more preferably 150 or less.

The method for producing the unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited, and a known method can be arbitrarily selected for production.

As the unsaturated cyclic carbonate, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio.

The content of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. The content of the unsaturated cyclic carbonate is preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the electrolytic solution. The content is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less. Within the above range, the electrochemical device using the electrolytic solution is likely to exhibit a sufficient effect of improving the cycle characteristics, the high temperature storage characteristics are lowered, the amount of gas generated is increased, and the discharge capacity retention rate is lowered. It is easy to avoid such a situation.

As the unsaturated cyclic carbonate, in addition to the non-fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate as described above, a fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate can also be preferably used.
The fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is a cyclic carbonate having an unsaturated bond and a fluorine atom. The number of fluorine atoms contained in the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more. Among them, the number of fluorine atoms is usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, and one or two are most preferable.

Examples of the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate include a fluorinated vinylene carbonate derivative, a fluorinated ethylene carbonate derivative substituted with an aromatic ring or a substituent having a carbon-carbon double bond, and the like.

Examples of the fluorinated vinylene carbonate derivative include 4-fluorovinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-methylvinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-phenylvinylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-fluorovinylene carbonate, and 4-fluoro-5-. Examples include vinyl vinylene carbonate and the like.

Examples of the fluorinated ethylene carbonate derivative substituted with an aromatic ring or a substituent having a carbon-carbon double bond include 4-fluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, and 4-fluoro-5. -Vinyl ethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-allylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate , 4,5-Difluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4,5-diallylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4,5-divinylethylene carbonate , 4,5-Difluoro-4,5-diallylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4-phenylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-phenylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-5-phenylethylene carbonate, 4,5 -Difluoro-4-phenylethylene carbonate and the like can be mentioned.

Among them, as the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate, 4-fluorovinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-methylvinylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-vinylvinylene carbonate, 4-allyl-5-fluorovinylene carbonate, 4- Fluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-vinylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-5-allylethylene carbonate, 4,4-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4,4-Difluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4-vinylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4-allylethylene carbonate, 4-fluoro-4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, 4- Fluoro-4,5-diallylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4,5-divinylethylene carbonate, 4,5-difluoro-4,5-diallylethylene carbonate form a stable interface protection film, so that more It is preferably used.

The molecular weight of the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. The molecular weight is preferably 50 or more and 500 or less. Within this range, it is easy to secure the solubility of the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate in the electrolytic solution.

The method for producing the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited, and a known method can be arbitrarily selected for production. The molecular weight is more preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or less.

As the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination in any combination and ratio. The content of the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. The content of the fluorinated unsaturated cyclic carbonate is usually preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the electrolytic solution. Further, it is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass or less. Within this range, the electrochemical device using the electrolytic solution is likely to exhibit a sufficient effect of improving the cycle characteristics, the high temperature storage characteristics are lowered, the amount of gas generated is increased, and the discharge capacity retention rate is lowered. It is easy to avoid such a situation.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may contain a compound having a triple bond. The type of the compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having one or more triple bonds in the molecule.
Specific examples of the compound having a triple bond include the following compounds.
1-Pentyne, 2-Pentyne, 1-Hexin, 2-Hexin, 3-Hexin, 1-Heptyne, 2-Heptyne, 3-Heptyne, 1-Octyne, 2-Octyne, 3-Octyne, 4-Octyne, 1- Nonin, 2-nonin, 3-nonin, 4-nonin, 1-dodecine, 2-dodecine, 3-dodecine, 4-dodecine, 5-dodecine, phenylacetylene, 1-phenyl-1-propine, 1-phenyl-2 -Propin, 1-phenyl-1-butyne, 4-phenyl-1-butyne, 4-phenyl-1-butyne, 1-phenyl-1-pentyne, 5-phenyl-1-pentyne, 1-phenyl-1-hexyne , 6-Phenyl-1-hexyne, diphenylacetylene, 4-ethynyltoluene, dicyclohexylacetylene and other hydrocarbon compounds;

2-Propinyl Methyl Carbonate, 2-Propinyl Ethyl Carbonate, 2-Propinyl Propyl Carbonate, 2-Propinyl Butyl Carbonate, 2-Propinyl phenyl Carbonate, 2-Propinyl Cyclohexyl Carbonate, Di-2-Propinyl Carbonate, 1-Methyl-2-Propinyl Methyl carbonate, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynylmethyl carbonate, 2-butynylmethylcarbonate, 3-butynylmethylcarbonate, 2-pentynylmethylcarbonate, 3-pentynylmethylcarbonate, 4-pentynylmethylcarbonate, etc. Monocarbonate; 2-butin-1,4-diol dimethyldicarbonate, 2-butin-1,4-diol diethyldicarbonate, 2-butin-1,4-diol dipropyldicarbonate, 2-butin-1, Dicarbonates such as 4-diol dibutyl dicarbonate, 2-butin-1,4-diol diphenyl dicarbonate, 2-butin-1,4-diol dicyclohexyl dicarbonate;

2-propynyl acetate, 2-propynyl propionic acid, 2-propynyl butyrate, 2-propynyl benzoate, 2-propynyl cyclohexylcarboxylate, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl acetate, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propionic acid Propinyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl butyrate, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl benzoate, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl cyclohexylcarboxylic acid, 2-butynyl acetate, 3-butynyl acetate, 2 acetate -Pentynyl, 3-pentynyl acetate, 4-pentynyl acetate, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, vinyl acrylate, 2-propenyl acrylate, 2-butenyl acrylate, 3-butenyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate , Ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, vinyl methacrylate, 2-propenyl methacrylate, 2-butenyl methacrylate, 3-butenyl methacrylate, methyl 2-propate, ethyl 2-propate, propyl 2-propate, 2 -Vinyl propate, 2-propenyl 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl 2-propate, 3-butenyl 2-propate, methyl 2-butane, ethyl 2-butano, propyl 2-butin, 2-butin Vinyl acid, 2-propenyl 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl 2-butenyl, methyl 3-butanoate, ethyl 3-butanoate, propyl 3-butanoate, vinyl 3-butane , 3-propenyl 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl 3-butenyl, 3-butenyl 3-butenyl, methyl 2-pentate, ethyl 2-pentate, propyl 2-pentate, vinyl 2-pentate, 2 -2-propenyl pentate, 2-butenyl 2-pentinate, 3-butenyl 2-pentinate, 3-methyl pentate, 3-ethyl pentate, propyl 3-pentate, 3-vinyl pentine, 3-pentine 2-propenyl acid, 2-butenyl 3-pentate, 3-butenyl 3-pentinate, methyl 4-pentate, ethyl 4-pentate, propyl 4-pentate, vinyl 4-pentate, 4-pentanoic acid 2 -Monocarboxylic acid esters such as propenyl, 2-butenyl 4-pentanoate, 3-butenyl 4-pentanoate, fumaric acid ester, methyl trimethylacetate, ethyl trimethylacetate;

2-Butin-1,4-diol diacetate, 2-butyne-1,4-diol dipropionate, 2-butyne-1,4-diol dibutyrate, 2-butyne-1,4-diol dibenzoate, 2 -Butin-1,4-diol dicyclohexanecarboxylate, hexahydrobenzo [1,3,2] dioxathiolane-2-oxide (1,2-cyclohexanediol, 2,2-dioxide-1,2-oxathiolan-4- Dicarboxylic acid esters such as ylacetate, 2,2-dioxide-1,2-oxathiolane-4-ylacetate;

Methyl 2-propinyl oxalate, ethyl 2-propinyl oxalate, propyl2-propinyl oxalate, 2-propinyl vinyl oxalate, allyl 2-propinyl oxalate, di-2-propynyl oxalate, 2-butynylmethyl oxalate, oxalate 2-Butanylethyl oxalate, 2-butynylpropyl oxalate, 2-butynylvinyl oxalate, allyl 2-butynyl oxalate, di-2-butynyl oxalate, 3-butynylmethyl oxalate, 3-butynylethyl oxalate, 3-butynyl oxalate Oxalic acid diesters such as butynylpropyl, oxalic acid 3-butynylvinyl, allyl oxalate 3-butynyl, oxalic acid di-3-butynyl;

Methyl (2-propynyl) (vinyl) phosphine oxide, divinyl (2-propynyl) phosphine oxide, di (2-propynyl) (vinyl) phosphine oxide, di (2-propenyl) 2 (-propynyl) phosphine oxide, di (2) -Phosphine oxides such as propynyl) (2-propenyl) phosphine oxides, di (3-butenyl) (2-propynyl) phosphine oxides, and di (2-propynyl) (3-butenyl) phosphine oxides;

Methyl (2-propenyl) phosphinic acid 2-propynyl, 2-butenyl (methyl) phosphinic acid 2-propynyl, di (2-propenyl) phosphinic acid 2-propynyl, di (3-butenyl) phosphinic acid 2-propynyl, methyl ( 2-Propenyl) phosphinic acid 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl, 2-butenyl (methyl) phosphinic acid 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl, di (2-propenyl) phosphinic acid 1,1-dimethyl-2- Propinyl and di (3-butenyl) phosphinic acid 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl, methyl (2-propynyl) phosphinic acid 2-propenyl, methyl (2-propynyl) phosphinic acid 3-butenyl, di (2-propynyl) ) Phosphins such as 2-propenyl phosphinic acid, 3-butenyl di (2-propynyl) phosphinic acid, 2-propenyl 2-propenyl (2-propenyl) phosphinic acid, and 3-butenyl phosphinyl (2-propenyl) phosphinic acid. Acid ester;

Methyl 2-propenylphosphonate 2-propynyl, 2-methylphosphonate 2-butenylphosphonate (2-propynyl), 2-propenylphosphonic acid (2-propenyl) (2-propenyl), 3-butenylphosphonic acid (3-butenyl) (2-propynyl) ), 2-Propenylphosphonic acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (methyl), 2-butenylphosphonic acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (methyl), 2-propenylphosphonic acid (1,1) -Dimethyl-2-propynyl) (2-propenyl), and 3-butenylphosphonic acid (3-butenyl) (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl), methylphosphonic acid (2-propynyl) (2-propenyl), methylphosphonic acid (3-Butenyl) (2-Propinyl), Methylphosphonic acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (2-Propenyl), Methylphosphonic acid (3-Butenyl) (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl), Ethyl Phosphonic acid (2-propynyl) (2-propenyl), ethylphosphonic acid (3-butenyl) (2-propynyl), ethylphosphonic acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (2-propenyl), and ethylphosphon Phosphoric acid esters such as acid (3-butenyl) (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl);

Phosphoric acid (methyl) (2-propenyl) (2-propynyl), phosphoric acid (ethyl) (2-propenyl) (2-propynyl), phosphoric acid (2-butenyl) (methyl) (2-propynyl), phosphoric acid (2-Butenyl) (ethyl) (2-propynyl), phosphoric acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (methyl) (2-propenyl), phosphoric acid (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) ( Ethyl) (2-propenyl), phosphoric acid (2-butenyl) (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) (methyl), and phosphoric acid (2-butenyl) (ethyl) (1,1-dimethyl-2- Phosphate esters such as propynyl);

Of these, a compound having an alkynyloxy group is preferable because it forms a negative electrode film more stably in the electrolytic solution.

Furthermore, 2-propynylmethyl carbonate, di-2-propynyl carbonate, 2-butyne-1,4-diol dimethyldicarbonate, 2-propynyl acetate, 2-butyne-1,4-diol diacetate, methyl 2-butinate. Compounds such as propynyl and di-2-propinyl oxalate are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving storage characteristics.

As the compound having a triple bond, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in any combination and ratio. The amount of the compound having a triple bond to the entire electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is not limited and is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present disclosure is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.01% by mass or more with respect to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. The content is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less. When the above range is satisfied, the effects of output characteristics, load characteristics, cycle characteristics, high temperature storage characteristics and the like are further improved.

In the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure, an overcharge inhibitor can be used in order to effectively suppress the explosion and ignition of the battery when the electrochemical device using the electrolytic solution is in a state of overcharging or the like. ..

Examples of the overcharge inhibitor include an unsubstituted or alkyl-substituted terphenyl derivative such as biphenyl, o-terphenyl, m-terphenyl, p-terphenyl, etc., and an unsubstituted or alkyl group-substituted terphenyl derivative. Partial hydride, cyclohexylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, t-amylbenzene, diphenyl ether, dibenzofuran, diphenylcyclohexane, 1,1,3-trimethyl-3-phenylindan, cyclopentylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, cumene, 1,3- Aromatic compounds such as diisopropylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, t-amylbenzene, t-hexylbenzene, anisole; 2-fluorobiphenyl, 4-fluorobiphenyl, o-cyclohexylfluorobenzene, p- Partial fluorinated compounds of the above aromatic compounds such as cyclohexylfluorobenzene, o-cyclohexylfluorobenzene, p-cyclohexylfluorobenzenefluorobenzene, fluorotoluene, benzotrifluoride; 2,4-difluoroanisole, 2,5-difluoroanisole, 1 , 6-Difluoroanisole, 2,6-difluoroanisole, 3,5-difluoroanisole and other fluorine-containing anisole compounds; 3-propylphenylacetate, 2-ethylphenylacetate, benzylphenylacetate, methylphenylacetate, benzylacetate, phenethyl Aromatic acetates such as phenylacetate; aromatic carbonates such as diphenylcarbonate and methylphenylcarbonate, toluene derivatives such as toluene and xylene, 2-methylbiphenyl, 3-methylbiphenyl, 4-methylbiphenyl, o-cyclohexylbiphenyl and the like. Examples thereof include a biphenyl derivative which is not substituted or substituted with an alkyl group. Among them, aromatic compounds such as biphenyl, alkylbiphenyl, terphenyl, partially hydride of terphenyl, cyclohexylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, t-amylbenzene, diphenyl ether and dibenzofuran, diphenylcyclohexane, 1,1,3-trimethyl. -3-Phenylindan, 3-propylphenylacetate, 2-ethylphenylacetate, benzylphenylacetate, methylphenylacetate, benzylacetate, diphenylcarbonate, methylphenylcarbonate and the like are preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used in combination, in particular, a combination of cyclohexylbenzene and t-butylbenzene or t-amylbenzene, biphenyl, alkylbiphenyl, terphenyl, a partially hydride of terphenyl, cyclohexylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, etc. Overcharge prevention and high temperature storage characteristics are achieved by using at least one selected from oxygen-free aromatic compounds such as t-amylbenzene and at least one selected from oxygen-containing aromatic compounds such as diphenyl ether and dibenzofuran. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the balance of.

A carboxylic acid anhydride (excluding compound (2)) may be used as the electrolytic solution used in the present disclosure. The compound represented by the following general formula (6) is preferable. The method for producing the carboxylic acid anhydride is not particularly limited, and a known method can be arbitrarily selected for production.

（一般式（６）中、Ｒ^６１、Ｒ^６２はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数１以上１５以下の炭化水素基を表す。）

(In the general formula (6), R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 or more and 15 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.)

The types of R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are not particularly limited as long as they are monovalent hydrocarbon groups. For example, it may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or may be a bond of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated hydrocarbon group or may contain an unsaturated bond (carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-carbon triple bond). Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be chain-like or cyclic, and in the case of chain-like, it may be linear or branched-chain. Further, it may be a combination of a chain and a ring. In addition, R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² may be the same as each other or may be different from each other.

When the hydrocarbon group of R ⁶¹ or R ⁶² has a substituent, the type of the substituent is not particularly limited as long as it is not contrary to the gist of the present disclosure, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. , A halogen atom such as an iodine atom, and preferably a fluorine atom. Alternatively, examples of the substituent other than the logger atom include a substituent having a functional group such as an ester group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group and an ether group, and a cyano group and a carbonyl group are preferable. The hydrocarbon groups of R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² may have only one of these substituents, or may have two or more of them. When having two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different from each other.

The carbon number of each of the hydrocarbon groups of R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² is usually 1 or more, and is usually 15 or less, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 9 or less. When R ¹ and R ² are bonded to each other to form a divalent hydrocarbon group, the number of carbon atoms of the divalent hydrocarbon group is usually 1 or more, and usually 15 or less, preferably 15 or less. It is 13 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 8 or less. When the hydrocarbon groups of R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² have a substituent containing a carbon atom, it is preferable that the total number of carbon atoms of R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² including the substituent satisfies the above range.

Next, a specific example of the acid anhydride represented by the above general formula (6) will be described. In the following examples, the term "affinity" refers to an acid anhydride obtained by replacing a part of the structure of the exemplified acid anhydride with another structure within a range not contrary to the purpose of the present disclosure. For example, a dimer composed of a plurality of acid anhydrides, a trimer and a tetramer, etc., or a substituent having the same carbon number but having a branched chain and having a branched chain, the substituent is an acid. Examples thereof include those having different sites that bind to anhydride.

First, specific examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are the same are given below.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are chain alkyl groups include acetic anhydride, propionic acid anhydride, butanoic acid anhydride, 2-methylpropionic acid anhydride, and 2,2-dimethylpropionic acid anhydride. Things, 2-methylbutanoic anhydride, 3-methylbutanoic anhydride, 2,2-dimethylbutanoic anhydride, 2,3-dimethylbutanoichydride, 3,3-dimethylbutanoichydride, 2,2 3-trimethylbutanohydride, 2,3,3-trimethylbutanohydride, 2,2,3,3-tetramethylbutanohydride, 2-ethylbutanohydride, etc., and their analogs, etc. Can be mentioned.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropanecarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid anhydride and the like, and their analogs and the like. ..

Specific examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are alkenyl groups include acrylic acid anhydrides, 2-methylacrylic acid anhydrides, 3-methylacrylic acid anhydrides, and 2,3-dimethylacrylic acid anhydrides. 3,3-dimethylacrylic anhydride, 2,3,3-trimethylacrylic anhydride, 2-phenylacrylic anhydride, 3-phenylacrylic anhydride, 2,3-diphenylacrylic anhydride, 3, 3-Diphenylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-butenoic acid anhydride, 2-methyl-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 3-methyl-3-tenic acid anhydride, 2-Methyl-3-methyl-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 2,2-dimethyl-3-methyl-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 3-pentenoic acid anhydride, 4-pentenoic acid anhydride, 2-cyclopentencarboxylic acid Examples thereof include acid anhydrides, 3-cyclopentenecarboxylic acid anhydrides, 4-cyclopentenecarboxylic acid anhydrides and the like, and analogs thereof.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are alkynyl groups include propic acid anhydride, 3-phenylpropic acid anhydride, 2-butynic acid anhydride, 2-pentanoic acid anhydride and 3-butyric acid. Examples thereof include anhydrides, 3-pentanoic acid anhydrides, 4-pentanoic acid anhydrides and the like, and their analogs.

Specific examples of the acid anhydride in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are aryl groups include benzoic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 4-ethylbenzoic acid anhydride, 4-tert-butyl benzoic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples thereof include 2-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid anhydride, 1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid anhydride, 2-naphthalenecarboxylic acid anhydride and the like, and their analogs.

Further, as an example of an acid anhydride in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are substituted with a halogen atom, an example of an acid anhydride in which R 61 and R 62 are mainly substituted with a fluorine atom is given below, and some or all of these fluorine atoms are used. An acid anhydride obtained by substituting a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom shall also be included in the exemplary compound.

Examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are chain alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms include fluoroacetate anhydride, difluoroacetate anhydride, trifluoroacetate anhydride, 2-fluoropropionic acid anhydride, and the like. 2,2-Difluoropropionic Anhydride, 2,3-Difluoropropionic Anhydride, 2,2,3-Trifluoropropionic Anhydride, 2,3,3-Trifluoropropionic Anhydride, 2,2 3,3-Tetrapropionic Anhydride, 2,3,3,3-Tetrapropionic Anhydride, 3-Fluoropropionic Anhydride, 3,3-Difluoropropionic Anhydride, 3,3,3-Trifluoro Examples thereof include propionic acid anhydride, perfluoropropionic acid anhydride and the like, and their analogs.

Examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are cyclic alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms include 2-fluorocyclopentane carboxylic acid anhydride, 3-fluorocyclopentane carboxylic acid anhydride, and 4-fluorocyclopentane. Examples thereof include carboxylic acid anhydrides and the like, and their analogs and the like.

Examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are alkenyl groups substituted with halogen atoms include 2-fluoroacrylic acid anhydride, 3-fluoroacrylic acid anhydride, 2,3-difluoroacrylic acid anhydride, and the like. 3,3-Difluoroacrylic acid anhydride, 2,3,3-trifluoroacrylic acid anhydride, 2- (trifluoromethyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 3- (trifluoromethyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 2,3 -Bis (trifluoromethyl) acrylate anhydride, 2,3,3-tris (trifluoromethyl) acrylate anhydride, 2- (4-fluorophenyl) acrylate anhydride, 3- (4-fluorophenyl) Acrylic acid anhydride, 2,3-bis (4-fluorophenyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 3,3-bis (4-fluorophenyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 2-fluoro-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 2, 2-Difluoro-3-butenoic anhydride, 3-fluoro-2-butenoic acid anhydride, 4-fluoro-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 3,4-difluoro-3-butenoic acid anhydride, 3,3 Examples thereof include 4-trifluoro-3-butenoic anhydride and the like, and their analogs and the like.

Examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are alkynyl groups substituted with halogen atoms include 3-fluoro-2-propy acid anhydride and 3- (4-fluorophenyl) -2-propy acid anhydride. , 3- (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl) -2-propynic acid anhydride, 4-fluoro-2-butanoic acid anhydride, 4,4-difluoro-2-butanoic acid anhydride, Examples thereof include 4,4,4-trifluoro-2-butanoic acid anhydrides and their analogs.

Examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are aryl groups substituted with halogen atoms include 4-fluorobenzoic anhydride, 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzoic anhydride, 4 -Trifluoromethylbenzoic anhydride and the like, and their analogs and the like can be mentioned.

Examples of acid anhydrates in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² have substituents having functional groups such as esters, nitriles, ketones, and ethers include methoxyanihydrides, ethoxygeic acid anhydrides, and methyl oxalate anhydrides. Ethyloxalate anhydride, 2-cyanoacetate anhydride, 2-oxopropionic acid anhydride, 3-oxobutanoic acid anhydride, 4-acetylbenzoic acid anhydride, methoxyacetic anhydride, 4-methoxybenzoic acid anhydride, etc. And their analogs and the like.

Subsequently, specific examples of acid anhydrides in which R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² are different from each other are given below.

As R ⁶¹ and R ⁶² , the above-mentioned examples and all combinations of their analogs can be considered, and typical examples are given below.

Examples of combinations of chain alkyl groups include propionic acid acetate anhydride, butanoic acid acetate anhydride, propionate butanoic acid anhydride, 2-methylpropionic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of the combination of the chain alkyl group and the cyclic alkyl group include cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, cyclohexanoic acid acetate anhydride, propionic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of the combination of the chain alkyl group and the alkenyl group include acrylic acid anhydride, 3-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-butenoic acid anhydride, propionic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of combinations of chain alkyl groups and alkynyl groups include propic acid acetate anhydride, 2-butynic acid acetate anhydride, 3-butynic acid acetate anhydride, 3-phenylpropic acid acetate anhydride propionic acid propionic acid anhydride. , Etc. can be mentioned.

Examples of the combination of the chain alkyl group and the aryl group include benzoic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid anhydride, propionic benzoate and the like.

Examples of combinations of chain alkyl groups and functional hydrocarbon groups include fluoroacetic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, 4-fluorobenzoic acid anhydride, fluoropropionate anhydride, and alkyl acetate. Examples thereof include oxalic acid anhydride, acetic acid 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, acetate 2-oxopropionic acid anhydride, methoxyacetic acid acetate anhydride, methoxyacetic acid propionic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of combinations of cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopentanoic acid cyclohexaneic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of combinations of cyclic alkyl groups and alkenyl groups include cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, 3-methylacrylic acid cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, 3-butenoic acid cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, cyclohexanoic acid anhydride, and the like. Can be mentioned.

Examples of the combination of the cyclic alkyl group and the alkynyl group include cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, 2-butynate cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, cyclohexanoic acid propatenate, and the like.

Examples of the combination of the cyclic alkyl group and the aryl group include cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, cyclohexanoic acid benzoate anhydride, and the like.

Examples of combinations of a cyclic alkyl group and a hydrocarbon group having a functional group include fluoroacetic acid cyclopentanoic acid anhydride, cyclopentanoic acid trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, cyclopentanoic acid 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, and cyclopentanoic acid methoxyacetic acid. Anhydride, cyclohexanoic acid fluoroacetic acid anhydride, etc. may be mentioned.

Examples of combinations of alkenyl groups are 2-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-buteneic acid anhydride, 2-methylacrylic acid 3-methylacrylic acid anhydride. Things, etc. can be mentioned.

Examples of the combination of the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group include acrylic acid propicic anhydride, acrylic acid 2-butynic acid anhydride, 2-methylacrylic acid propynic acid anhydride, and the like.

Examples of the combination of the alkenyl group and the aryl group include acrylic acid benzoic acid anhydride, acrylic acid 4-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 2-methylacrylic acid benzoic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of combinations of an alkenyl group and a hydrocarbon group having a functional group include fluoroacetic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, methoxyacetic acid anhydride, 2-. Examples thereof include methyl acrylate, fluoroacetic acid anhydride, and the like.

Examples of combinations of alkynyl groups include propionic acid 2-butanoic acid anhydride, propinoic acid 3-butyric acid anhydride, 2-butanoic acid 3-butynic acid anhydride, and the like.

Examples of the combination of the alkynyl group and the aryl group include benzoic acid propynic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid propynic acid anhydride, benzoic acid 2-butynic acid anhydride and the like.

Examples of combinations of alkynyl groups and hydrocarbon groups with functional groups include fluoroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, 2-cyanoacetichydride, 2-cyanoacetichydride, methoxyacetichydride, 2-. Examples thereof include butinoic acid fluoroacetic anhydride.

Examples of combinations of aryl groups include 4-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid 1-naphthalenecarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.

Examples of combinations of aryl groups and hydrocarbon groups having functional groups are fluoroacetic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, methoxyacetic acid anhydride, 4-. Fluoroacetic anhydride, methylbenzoate, and the like can be mentioned.

Examples of combinations of hydrocarbon groups having functional groups include fluoroacetate trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, fluoroacetate 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, fluoroacetate methoxyacetic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid 2-cyanoacetic acid anhydride, and the like. Can be mentioned.

Among the acid anhydrides forming the above chain structure, acrylic acid such as acetic anhydride, propionic acid anhydride, 2-methylpropionic acid anhydride, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid anhydride and the like is preferable. Anhydride, 2-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 2,3-dimethylacrylic acid anhydride, 3,3-dimethylacrylic acid anhydride, 3-butenoic acid anhydride, 2-methyl- 3-Buthenic Acid Anhydride, Propic Acid Anhydride, 2-Buchiic Acid Anhydride, benzoic Acid Anhydride, 2-Methyl benzoic acid anhydride, 4-Methyl benzoic acid anhydride, 4-tert-butyl benzoic acid anhydride, Trifluoroacetic anhydride, 3,3,3-trifluoropropionic acid anhydride, 2- (trifluoromethyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 2- (4-fluorophenyl) acrylic acid anhydride, 4-fluorobenzoic acid anhydride , 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzoic acid anhydride, methoxymic acid anhydride, ethoxyfiic acid anhydride, more preferably acrylic acid anhydride, 2-methylacrylic acid anhydride, 3 -Methylacrylic acid anhydride, benzoic acid anhydride, 2-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 4-methylbenzoic acid anhydride, 4-tert-butyl benzoic acid anhydride, 4-fluorobenzoic acid anhydride, 2,3 4,5,6-pentafluorobenzoic acid anhydride, methoxymic acid anhydride, ethoxyfiic acid anhydride.

These compounds can appropriately form a bond with a lithium oxalate salt to form a film having excellent durability, thereby improving the charge / discharge rate characteristics, input / output characteristics, and impedance characteristics particularly after the durability test. It is preferable from the viewpoint of being able to do it.

The molecular weight of the carboxylic acid anhydride is not limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired, but is usually 90 or more, preferably 95 or more, while usually 300 or less, preferably 200 or less. be. When the molecular weight of the carboxylic acid anhydride is within the above range, the increase in the viscosity of the electrolytic solution can be suppressed, and the film density is optimized, so that the durability can be appropriately improved.

Further, the method for producing the carboxylic acid anhydride is not particularly limited, and a known method can be arbitrarily selected and produced. As the carboxylic acid anhydride described above, any one of the above-described carboxylic acid anhydrides may be contained alone in the non-aqueous electrolytic solution of the present disclosure, or two or more of them may be coexisted in any combination and ratio.

The content of the carboxylic acid anhydride in the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present disclosure is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.01 mass by mass with respect to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. % Or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less. When the content of the carboxylic acid anhydride is within the above range, the effect of improving the cycle characteristics is likely to be exhibited, and since the reactivity is suitable, the battery characteristics are likely to be improved.

Other known auxiliaries can be used in the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. Other auxiliaries include pentane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, cycloheptane, benzene, furan, naphthalene, 2-phenylbicyclohexyl, cyclohexane, 2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5]. Hydrocarbon compounds such as undecane, 3,9-divinyl-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] undecane;
Fluorobenzene, difluorobenzene, hexafluorobenzene, benzotrifluoride, monofluorobenzene, 1-fluoro-2-cyclohexylbenzene, 1-fluoro-4-tert-butylbenzene, 1-fluoro-3-cyclohexylbenzene, 1-fluoro -2-Cyclohexylbenzene, fluorinated biphenyl and other fluoroaromatic compounds;
Carbonated compounds such as erythritan carbonate, spiro-bis-dimethylene carbonate, methoxyethyl-methyl carbonate;
Ethereal compounds such as dioxolane, dioxane, 2,5,8,11-tetraoxadodecane, 2,5,8,11,14-pentaoxapentadecane, ethoxymethoxyethane, trimethoxymethane, glyme, ethyl monoglyme;
Ketone compounds such as dimethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, 3-pentanone;
2-Allyl anhydride Acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride;
Dimethyl oxalate, diethyl oxalate, ethylmethyl oxalate, di (2-propinyl) oxalate, methyl 2-propinyl oxalate, dimethyl succinate, di (2-propynyl) glutarate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, 2 formic acid -Ester compounds such as propynyl, 2-butin-1,4-diyldiformate, 2-propynyl methacrylate, dimethyl malonate;
Amide compounds such as acetamide, N-methylformamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide;
Ethylene Sulfate, Vinylene Sulfate, Ethylene Sulfate, Methyl Fluorosulfonate, Ethyl Fluorosulfonate, Methyl Methansulfonate, Ethyl Methansulfonate, Busulfane, Sulfolene, Diphenylsulfone, N, N-dimethylmethanesulfonate, N, N-diethyl Methane sulphonamide, methyl vinyl sulphonate, ethyl vinyl sulphonate, allyl vinyl sulphonate, propargyl vinyl sulphonate, methyl allyl sulphonate, ethyl allyl sulphonate, allyl sulphonate, propargyl allyl sulphonate, 1,2-bis ( Vinyl sulfonate) ethane, propanedisulfonic acid anhydride, sulfobutyric acid anhydride, sulfobenzoic acid anhydride, sulfopropionic acid anhydride, ethanedisulfonic acid anhydride, methylenemethanedisulfonate, 2-propynyl methanesulfonic acid, pentensulfite, pentafluorophenyl Methanesulfonate, propylene sulphate, propylene sulphite, propanesalton, butylene sulphite, butane-2,3-diyldimethanesulfonate, 2-butin-1,4-diyldimethanesulfonate, vinylsulfonic acid 2-propynyl, bis (2-Vinylsulfonylethyl) ether, 5-vinyl-hexahydro-1,3,2-benzodioxathiol-2-oxide, 2-propynyl 2- (methanesulfonyloxy) propionate, 5,5-dimethyl-1 , 2-Oxatiolan-4-one 2,2-dioxide, 3-sulfo-propionic acid anhydride trimethylenemethanedisulfonate 2-methyltetrachloride, trimethylenemethanedisulfonate, tetramethylenesulfoxide, dimethylenemethanedisulfonate, difluoroethyl Sulfur-containing compounds such as methyl sulfonate, divinyl sulfonate, 1,2-bis (vinylsulfonyl) ethane, methyl ethylene bissulfonate, ethyl ethylene bissulfonate, ethylene sulfate, thiophene 1-oxide;
Nitrogen-containing 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, 1-methyl-2-piperidone, 3-methyl-2-oxazolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and N-methylsuccinimide, nitromethane, nitroethane, ethylenediamine, etc. Compound;
Trimethyl phosphate, triethyl phosphite, triphenyl phosphite, trimethyl phosphate, triethyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, dimethyl methylphosphonate, diethyl ethylphosphonate, dimethyl vinylphosphonate, diethyl vinylphosphonate, diethylphospho Ethyl Noacetate, Methyl dimethylphosphinate, Ethyl diethylphosphinate, trimethylphosphine oxide, triethylphosphine oxide, bis phosphate (2,2-difluoroethyl) 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, bis phosphate (2,2) , 3,3-Tetrafluoropropyl) 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, bis (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) methyl phosphate, bis (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) ethyl phosphate , Phosphate (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) 2,2-difluoroethyl Phosphate (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl, Tributyl Phosphate , Tris Phosphate (2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl), Tris Phosphate (1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexafluoropropan-2-yl), Trioctyl Phosphate, 2-Phyl Phosphate Phosphate dimethyl, 2-phenylphenyl diethyl phosphate, phosphoric acid (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) (2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl) methyl, methyl 2- (dimethoxyphosphoryl) acetate, methyl 2 -(Dimethylphosphoryl) acetate, methyl 2- (diethoxyphosphoryl) acetate, methyl 2- (diethylphosphoryl) acetate, methyl methylenebisphosphonate, ethyl methylenebisphosphonate, methyl ethylenebisphosphonate, ethyl ethylenebisphosphonate, methyl butylenebisphosphonate , Ethyl Butylenebis Phosphate, 2-Propinyl 2-Propinyl 2- (Dimethoxyphosphoryl), 2-Propinyl 2-Propinyl 2- (Dimethylphosphoryl), 2-Propinyl 2-Propinyl 2- (Diethoxyphosphoryl), 2-Propinyl 2- (Diethylphosphoryl) Acetate , Tris phosphate (trimethylsilyl), Tris phosphate (triethylsilyl), Tris phosphate (trimethoxysilyl), Tris phosphite (trimethylsilyl), Tris phosphite (triethylsilyl), Tris phosphite (trimethoxysilyl) ), Phosphate-containing compounds such as trimethylsilyl polyphosphate;
Boron-containing compounds such as tris borate (trimethylsilyl) and tris borate (trimethoxysilyl);
Dimethoxyaluminoxytrimethoxysilane, diethoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, dipropoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, dibutoxyaluminoxytrimethoxysilane, dibutoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, titanium tetrakis (trimethylsiloxide), titanium tetrakis ( Triethylsiloxide), silane compounds such as tetramethylsilane;
And so on. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By adding these auxiliaries, the capacity retention characteristics and cycle characteristics after high temperature storage can be improved.
Among the above-mentioned other auxiliaries, a phosphorus-containing compound is preferable, and tris phosphate (trimethylsilyl) and phosphorous acid (tristrimethylsilyl) are preferable.

The amount of other auxiliaries to be blended is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired. The other auxiliary agent is preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the electrolytic solution. Within this range, the effects of other auxiliaries are likely to be sufficiently exhibited, and it is easy to avoid situations such as deterioration of battery characteristics such as high load discharge characteristics. The blending amount of the other auxiliary agent is more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, further preferably 0.2% by mass or more, still more preferably 3% by mass or less, still more preferably 1% by mass or less. ..

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure contains cyclic and chain carboxylic acid esters, ether compounds, nitrogen-containing compounds, boron-containing compounds, organic silicon-containing compounds, nonflammable (flame-retardant) agents, and surfactants to the extent that the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. An activator, a high dielectricing additive, a cycle characteristic and rate characteristic improving agent, a sulfonic acid compound and the like may be further contained as an additive.

Examples of the cyclic carboxylic acid ester include those having a total carbon atom number of 3 to 12 in the structural formula. Specific examples thereof include gamma-butyrolactone, gamma-valerolactone, gamma caprolactone, epsilon caprolactone, 3-methyl-γ-butyrolactone and the like. Of these, gamma-butyrolactone is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the characteristics of the electrochemical device derived from the improvement of the degree of lithium ion dissociation.

The blending amount of the cyclic carboxylic acid ester as an additive is usually preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the solvent. Within this range, the electrical conductivity of the electrolytic solution can be improved, and the large current discharge characteristics of the electrochemical device can be easily improved. The blending amount of the cyclic carboxylic acid ester is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less. By setting the upper limit in this way, the viscosity of the electrolytic solution is set to an appropriate range, the decrease in electrical conductivity is avoided, the increase in negative electrode resistance is suppressed, and the large current discharge characteristics of the electrochemical device are set to a good range. Make it easier.

Further, as the cyclic carboxylic acid ester, a fluorinated cyclic carboxylic acid ester (fluorinated lactone) can also be preferably used. As the fluorine-containing lactone, for example, the following formula (C):

(In the formula, X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ are the same or different, all of which are -H, -F, -Cl, -CH ₃ or fluorinated alkyl groups; however, at least one of X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ is fluorinated alkyl. Is the basis)
Fluorine-containing lactones indicated by.

Examples of the fluorinated alkyl groups in X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ include -CFH ₂ , -CF ₂ H, -CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , and -CF. (CF ₃ ) ₂ and the like are mentioned, and -CH ₂ CF ₃ and -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ are preferable because they have high oxidation resistance and have an effect of improving safety.

If at least one of X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ is a fluorinated alkyl group, the -H, -F, -Cl, -CH ₃ or fluorinated alkyl group is replaced with only one location of X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ . It may be replaced with a plurality of places. It is preferably 1 to 3 places, more preferably 1 to 2 places from the viewpoint of good solubility of the electrolyte salt.

The substitution position of the fluorinated alkyl group is not particularly limited, but since the synthesis yield is good, X ¹⁷ and / or X ¹⁸ are ^{particularly fluorinated} alkyl groups, and particularly -CH ₂ CF ₃ , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ is preferred. X ¹⁵ to X ²⁰ other than the fluorinated alkyl group are —H, —F, —Cl or CH ₃ , and —H is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of good solubility of the electrolyte salt.

As the fluorine-containing lactone, in addition to those represented by the above formula, for example, the following formula (D):

(In the formula, either A or B is CX ²²⁶ X ²²⁷ (X ²²⁶ and X ²²⁷ are the same or different, and both have -H, -F, -Cl, -CF ₃ , -CH ₃ or a hydrogen atom. An alkylene group that may be substituted with a halogen atom or may contain a hetero atom in the chain), while the other is an oxygen atom; Rf ¹² may have an ether bond fluorinated alkyl group or fluorinated. Alkoxy groups; X ²²¹ and X ²²² are the same or different, both -H, -F, -Cl, -CF ₃ or CH ₃ ; X ²²³ to X ²²⁵ are the same or different, both -H, -F. , -Cl or an alkyl group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom or a hetero atom may be contained in the chain; n = 0 or 1).
Fluorine-containing lactones and the like shown by are also mentioned.

The fluorine-containing lactone represented by the formula (D) includes the following formula (E):

(In the formula, A, B, Rf ¹² , X ²²¹ , X ²²² and X ²²³ are the same as in the formula (D)).
The 5-membered ring structure represented by (1) is preferably mentioned because it is easy to synthesize and has good chemical stability. Further, depending on the combination of A and B, the following formula (F):

(In the formula, Rf ¹² , X ²²¹ , X ²²² , X ²²³ , X ²²⁶ and X ²²⁷ are the same as in the formula (D)).
Fluorine-containing lactone represented by and the following formula (G):

(In the formula, Rf ¹² , X ²²¹ , X ²²² , X ²²³ , X ²²⁶ and X ²²⁷ are the same as in the formula (D)).
There is a fluorine-containing lactone indicated by.

Among these, excellent characteristics such as high dielectric constant and high withstand voltage can be exhibited, and in addition, the solubility of the electrolyte salt and the reduction of internal resistance are good, and the characteristics as the electrolytic solution in the present disclosure are improved. from,

等が挙げられる。
フッ素化環状カルボン酸エステルを含有させることにより、イオン伝導度の向上、安全性の向上、高温時の安定性向上といった効果が得られる。

And so on.
By containing the fluorinated cyclic carboxylic acid ester, effects such as improvement of ionic conductivity, improvement of safety, and improvement of stability at high temperature can be obtained.

Examples of the chain carboxylic acid ester include those having a total carbon number of 3 to 7 in the structural formula. Specifically, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, -n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, -t-butyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, -n-propyl propionate, Isobutyl propionate, -n-butyl propionic acid, methylbutyrate, isobutyl propionate, -t-butyl propionic acid, methyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, -n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl isobutyrate, iso Examples thereof include butyric acid-n-propyl and isobutyrate isopropyl.

Among them, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, -n-propyl acetate, -n-butyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, -n-propyl propionate, isopropyl propionate, methyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate and the like are ions due to a decrease in viscosity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving conductivity.

As the ether compound, a chain ether having 2 to 10 carbon atoms and a cyclic ether having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable.
Examples of the chain ether having 2 to 10 carbon atoms include dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, di-n-butyl ether, dimethoxymethane, methoxyethoxymethane, diethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, methoxyethoxyethane, diethoxyethane, and ethylene glycol di-n. -Propyl ether, ethylene glycol di-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, pentaethylene glycol, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diisopropyl ether and the like can be mentioned.

Further, as the ether compound, fluorinated ether can also be preferably used.
The fluorinated ether has the following general formula (I):
Rf ³ -O-Rf ⁴ (I)
(In the formula, Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ are the same or different, and are an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. However, at least one of Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ is fluorine. Alkylated group.)
Fluorinated ether (I) represented by. By containing the fluorinated ether (I), the flame retardancy of the electrolytic solution is improved, and the stability and safety at high temperature and high voltage are improved.

In the above general formula (I), at least one of Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ may be a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, but the electrolytic solution is flame-retardant, stable at high temperature and high voltage, and safe. From the viewpoint of further improving the properties, it is preferable that both Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ are fluorinated alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In this case, Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ may be the same or different from each other.
Among them, Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ are the same or different, Rf ³ is a fluorinated alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and Rf ⁴ is a fluorinated alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferred.

If the total carbon number of Rf ³ and Rf ⁴ is too small, the boiling point of the fluorinated ether becomes too low, and if the carbon number of Rf ³ or Rf ⁴ is too large, the solubility of the electrolyte salt decreases and other solvents are used. The compatibility with the substance begins to be adversely affected, and the viscosity increases, so that the rate characteristics decrease. When the carbon number of Rf ³ is 3 or 4, and the carbon number of Rf ⁴ is 2 or 3, it is advantageous in that it is excellent in boiling point and rate characteristics.

The fluorinated ether (I) preferably has a fluorine content of 40 to 75% by mass. When the fluorine content is in this range, the balance between nonflammability and compatibility is particularly excellent. It is also preferable from the viewpoint of good oxidation resistance and safety.
The lower limit of the fluorine content is more preferably 45% by mass, further preferably 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 55% by mass. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass, further preferably 66% by mass.
The fluorine content of the fluorinated ether (I) is {(number of fluorine atoms × 19) / molecular weight of the fluorinated ether (I)} × 100 (%) based on the structural formula of the fluorinated ether (I). ) Is the value calculated by.

Examples of Rf ³ include CF ₃ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CFHCF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , CF ₃ CFHCF. ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ CH _2- , HCF ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) CH _2- and the like can be mentioned. Examples of Rf ⁴ include -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ , -CF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, and -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₃ . , -CH ₂ CF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , -CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF (CF ₃ ) Examples thereof include CF ₂ H, -CF ₂ CF ₂ H, -CH ₂ CF ₂ H, and -CF ₂ CH ₃ .

Specific examples of the fluorinated ether (I) include, for example, HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H, CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H, HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , CF. ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , C ₆ F ₁₃ OCH ₃ , C ₆ F ₁₃ OC ₂ H ₅ , C ₈ F ₁₇ OCH ₃ , C ₈ F ₁₇ OC ₂ H ₅ , CF ₃ CFHCF ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) ) OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ OCH (C ₂ H ₅ ) ₂ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ OC ₄ H ₉ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ OCH ₂ CH (C ₂ H ₅ ) ₂ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ OCH ₂ CH (CH ₃ ) ₂ and the like can be mentioned.

Among them, those containing HCF _2- or CF ₃ CFH- at one end or both ends are excellent in polarity and can give fluorinated ether (I) having a high boiling point. The boiling point of the fluorinated ether (I) is preferably 67 to 120 ° C. It is more preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and even more preferably 90 ° C. or higher.

Examples of such fluorinated ether (I) include CF ₃ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH. ₂ OCH ₂ CF ₂ CF ₂ H, CF ₃ CFHCF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ , HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H, CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H, etc. The above can be mentioned.
Among them, HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ (boiling point 106 ° C) and CF ₃ CF ₂ CH are advantageous in that they have a high boiling point, compatibility with other solvents, and solubility of electrolyte salts. ₂ Selected from the group consisting of OCF ₂ CFHCF ₃ (boiling point 82 ° C), HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H (boiling point 92 ° C) and CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H (boiling point 68 ° C). At least one selected from the group consisting of HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF HCF ₃ (boiling point 106 ° C.) and HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ OCF ₂ CF ₂ H (boiling point 92 ° C.). It is more preferably one kind.

Cyclic ethers having 3 to 6 carbon atoms include 1,2-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxane, 4-methyl-1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, and meta. Formaldehyde, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxolane, 4-methyl-1,3-dioxolane, 2- (trifluoroethyl) dioxolane 2,2, -bis (trifluoromethyl) -1, Examples thereof include 3-dioxolane and the like, and fluorinated compounds thereof. Among them, dimethoxymethane, diethoxymethane, ethoxymethoxymethane, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol di-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and crown ether have high solvability to lithium ions and have a high degree of ion dissociation. Dimethoxymethane, diethoxymethane, and ethoxymethoxymethane are preferable in terms of improvement, and particularly preferably because they have low viscosity and give high ionic conductivity.

Examples of the nitrogen-containing compound include nitriles, fluorine-containing nitriles, carboxylic acid amides, fluorine-containing carboxylic acid amides, sulfonic acid amides, and fluorine-containing sulfonic acid amides, acetamides, and formamides. Further, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, 1-methyl-2-piperidone, 3-methyl-2-oxazilidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N-methylsuccinimide and the like can also be used. However, the nitrile compounds represented by the general formulas (1a), (1b) and (1c) are not included in the nitrogen-containing compounds.

Examples of the boron-containing compound include borate esters such as trimethylborate and triethylborate, borate ether, and alkyl borate.

Examples of the organosilicon-containing compound include (CH ₃ ) ₄ -Si, (CH ₃ ) ₃ -Si-Si (CH ₃ ) ₃ , and silicon oil.

Examples of the non-flammable (flame retardant) agent include phosphoric acid esters and phosphazene-based compounds. Examples of the phosphoric acid ester include a fluorine-containing alkyl phosphoric acid ester, a non-fluorine-based alkyl phosphoric acid ester, and an aryl phosphoric acid ester. Of these, a fluorine-containing alkyl phosphate is preferable because it can exert a non-combustible effect even in a small amount.

Examples of the phosphazene compound include methoxypentafluorocyclotriphosphazene, phenoxypentafluorocyclotriphosphazene, dimethylaminopentafluorocyclotriphosphazene, diethylaminopentafluorocyclotriphosphazene, ethoxypentafluorocyclotriphosphazene, ethoxyheptafluorocyclotetraphosphazene and the like. Can be mentioned.

Specific examples of the fluorine-containing alkyl phosphate ester include the fluorine-containing dialkyl phosphoric acid ester described in JP-A-11-233141 and the cyclic alkyl phosphate ester described in JP-A-11-283669. , Or, a fluorine-containing trialkyl phosphoric acid ester and the like can be mentioned.

Examples of the non-flammable (flame retardant) agent include (CH ₃ O) ₃ P = O, (CF ₃ CH ₂ O) ₃ P = O, (HCF ₂ CH ₂ O) ₃ P = O, and (CF ₃ CF ₂ ). CH ₂ ) ₃ P = O, (HCF ₂ CF ₂ CH ₂ ) ₃ P = O and the like are preferable.

The surfactant may be any of a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant, but the fluorine atom is good in cycle characteristics and rate characteristics. It is preferable that it contains.

Examples of the surfactant containing such a fluorine atom include the following formula (30):
Rf ⁵ COO ^- M ⁺ (30)
(In the formula, Rf ⁵ is a fluorine-containing alkyl group which may contain an ether bond having 3 to 10 carbon atoms; M ⁺ is Li ⁺ , Na ⁺ , K ⁺ or _NHR'3 ⁺ (R'is the same or different. , Both are H or alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
Fluorine-containing carboxylate represented by the following formula (40):
Rf ⁶ SO ₃ ^- M ⁺ (40)
(In the formula, Rf ⁶ is a fluorine-containing alkyl group which may contain an ether bond having 3 to 10 carbon atoms; M ⁺ is Li ⁺ , Na ⁺ , K ⁺ or _NHR'3 ⁺ (R'is the same or different. , Both are H or alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
A fluorine-containing sulfonate represented by is preferable.

The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 2% by mass in the electrolytic solution from the viewpoint that the surface tension of the electrolytic solution can be reduced without deteriorating the charge / discharge cycle characteristics.

Examples of the high-dielectric additive include sulfolane, methylsulfolane, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone and the like.

Examples of the cycle characteristic and rate characteristic improving agent include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and the like.

Further, the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may be further combined with a polymer material to form a gel-like (plasticized) gel electrolytic solution.

Examples of such polymer materials include conventionally known polyethylene oxides and polypropylene oxides and modified products thereof (Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 8-222270 and 2002-100405); polyacrylate-based polymers, polyacrylonitrile, and polyvinylidene fluoride. , Fluororesin such as vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-506726, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-507407, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-294131); Examples thereof include a composite with a resin (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-35765, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-86630) and the like. In particular, it is desirable to use polyvinylidene fluoride or vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer as a polymer material for a gel electrolyte.

In addition, the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may also contain an ion conductive compound described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2004-301934.

This ion conductive compound has the formula (101) :.
A- (D) -B (101)
[In the formula, D is the formula (201):
-(D1) _n- (FAE) _m- (AE) _p- (Y) _q- (201)
(In the formula, D1 is the formula (2a):

(In the formula, Rf is a fluorine-containing ether group which may have a crosslinkable functional group ^; R10 is a group or a bond that binds Rf to the main chain).
An ether unit having a fluorine-containing ether group in the side chain indicated by;
FAE is the formula (2b) :.

(In the formula, Rfa is a hydrogen atom, a fluorinated alkyl group which may have a crosslinkable functional group; R11 is a group or a bond that binds ^Rfa to the main chain).
An ether unit having a fluorinated alkyl group in the side chain indicated by;
AE is the formula (2c):

(In the formula, R ¹³ has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a crosslinkable functional group, an aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a crosslinkable functional group, or a crosslinkable functional group. May be aromatic hydrocarbon group; R ¹² is a group that binds the main chain to R ¹³ or a bond)
Ether unit indicated by;
Y is an equation (2d-1) to (2d-3):

Units containing at least one of;
n is an integer from 0 to 200; m is an integer from 0 to 200; p is an integer from 0 to 10000; q is an integer from 1 to 100; where n + m is not 0 and the binding order of D1, FAE, AE and Y is Not specified);
A and B are the same or different, an alkyl group which may contain a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom and / or a crosslinkable functional group, a phenyl group which may contain a fluorine atom and / or a crosslinkable functional group, -COOH. Group, -OR (R is an alkyl group which may contain a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom and / or a crosslinkable functional group), an ester group or a carbonate group (where the terminal of D is an oxygen atom, -COOH group, -OR, not ester group and carbonate group)]
It is an amorphous fluorine-containing polyether compound having a fluorine-containing group in the side chain represented by.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may contain a sulfone compound. As the sulfone compound, a cyclic sulfone having 3 to 6 carbon atoms and a chain sulfone having 2 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable. The number of sulfonyl groups in one molecule is preferably 1 or 2.

Examples of the cyclic sulfone include trimethylene sulfones, tetramethylene sulfones and hexamethylene sulfones which are monosulfone compounds; and trimethylene disulfones, tetramethylene disulfones and hexamethylene disulfones which are disulfone compounds. Among them, tetramethylene sulfones, tetramethylene disulfones, hexamethylene sulfones, and hexamethylene disulfones are more preferable, and tetramethylene sulfones (sulfolanes) are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of dielectric constant and viscosity.

As the sulfolanes, sulfolanes and / or sulfolane derivatives (hereinafter, sulfolanes may be abbreviated as "sulfolanes") are preferable. As the sulfolane derivative, one in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded on the carbon atom constituting the sulfolane ring is substituted with a fluorine atom or an alkyl group is preferable.

Among them, 2-methylsulfolane, 3-methylsulfolane, 2-fluorosulfolane, 3-fluorosulfolane, 2,2-difluorosulfolane, 2,3-difluorosulfolane, 2,4-difluorosulfolane, 2,5-difluorosulfolane, 3,4-Difluorosulfolane, 2-fluoro-3-methylsulfolane, 2-fluoro-2-methylsulfolane, 3-fluoro-3-methylsulfolane, 3-fluoro-2-methylsulfolane, 4-fluoro-3-methyl Sulfolane, 4-fluoro-2-methyl sulfolane, 5-fluoro-3-methyl sulfolane, 5-fluoro-2-methyl sulfolane, 2-fluoromethyl sulfolane, 3-fluoromethyl sulfolane, 2-difluoromethyl sulfolane, 3-difluoro Methyl sulfolane, 2-trifluoromethyl sulfolane, 3-trifluoromethyl sulfolane, 2-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) sulfolane, 3-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) sulfolane, 4-fluoro-3- ( Trifluoromethyl) sulfolane, 3-sulforene, 5-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl) sulfolane and the like are preferable because they have high ionic conductivity and high input / output.

Examples of the chain sulfone include dimethyl sulfone, ethyl methyl sulfone, diethyl sulfone, n-propyl methyl sulfone, n-propyl ethyl sulfone, di-n-propyl sulfone, isopropyl methyl sulfone, isopropyl ethyl sulfone, diisopropyl sulfone, and n-. Butylmethyl sulfone, n-butylethyl sulfone, t-butylmethyl sulfone, t-butylethyl sulfone, monofluoromethylmethyl sulfone, difluoromethylmethyl sulfone, trifluoromethylmethyl sulfone, monofluoroethylmethyl sulfone, difluoroethylmethyl sulfone, Trifluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Pentafluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Monofluoro Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Difluoro Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Trifluoro Methyl Sulfone, Perfluoro Ethyl Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Trifluoro Ethyl Sulfone, Ethyl Pentafluoro Ethyl Sulfone, Di (Tri) Fluoroethyl) sulfone, perfluorodiethyl sulfone, fluoromethyl-n-propyl sulfone, difluoromethyl-n-propyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl-n-propyl sulfone, fluoromethyl isopropyl sulfone, difluoromethyl isopropyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl isopropyl sulfone , Trifluoroethyl-n-propyl sulfone, trifluoroethyl isopropyl sulfone, pentafluoroethyl-n-propyl sulfone, pentafluoroethyl isopropyl sulfone, trifluoroethyl-n-butyl sulfone, trifluoroethyl-t-butyl sulfone, penta Fluoroethyl-n-butyl sulfone, pentafluoroethyl-t-butyl sulfone and the like can be mentioned.

Among them, dimethyl sulfone, ethyl methyl sulfone, diethyl sulfone, n-propyl methyl sulfone, isopropyl methyl sulfone, n-butyl methyl sulfone, t-butyl methyl sulfone, monofluoromethyl methyl sulfone, difluoromethyl methyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl methyl sulfone. , Monofluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Difluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Trifluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Pentafluoroethyl Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Monofluoro Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Difluoro Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Trifluoro Methyl Sulfone, Ethyl Trifluoro Ethyl Sulfone, Ethyl Pentafluoro Ethyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl-n-propyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl isopropyl sulfone, trifluoroethyl-n-butyl sulfone, trifluoroethyl-t-butyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl-n-butyl sulfone, trifluoromethyl-t -Butyl sulfone or the like is preferable because it has high ionic conductivity and high input / output.

The content of the sulfone compound is not particularly limited and is arbitrary as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3% by volume or more, preferably 0.5% by volume or more in 100% by volume of the above solvent. , More preferably 1% by volume or more, and usually 40% by volume or less, preferably 35% by volume or less, more preferably 30% by volume or less. When the content of the sulfone compound is within the above range, it is easy to obtain the effect of improving durability such as cycle characteristics and storage characteristics, and the viscosity of the non-aqueous electrolyte solution is set within an appropriate range to reduce the electric conductivity. Can be avoided, and the input / output characteristics and charge / discharge rate characteristics of the non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery can be set within an appropriate range.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is at least one selected from the group consisting of lithium fluorophosphate salts (excluding LiPF ₆ ) and lithium salts having an S = O group as additives from the viewpoint of improving output characteristics. It is also preferable to contain the compound (7) of.
When the compound (7) is used as an additive, it is preferable to use a compound other than the compound (7) as the above-mentioned electrolyte salt.

Examples of the lithium fluorophosphate salts include lithium monofluorophosphate (LiPO ₃ F) and lithium difluorophosphate (LiPO ₂ F ₂ ).
Examples of the lithium salts having an S = O group include lithium monofluorosulfonate (FSO ₃ Li), lithium methyl sulfate (CH ₃ OSO ₃ Li), lithium ethyl sulfate (C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li), 2, 2 , 2-Trifluoroethyl lithium sulfate and the like.
As the compound (7), LiPO ₂ F ₂ , FSO ₃ Li, and C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li are particularly preferable.

The content of the compound (7) is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 15% by mass, and 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the electrolytic solution. It is more preferably present, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 7% by mass.

If necessary, other additives may be added to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. Examples of other additives include metal oxides, glass and the like.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure preferably has a hydrogen fluoride (HF) content of 5 to 200 ppm. By containing HF, the formation of a film of the above-mentioned additive can be promoted. If the content of HF is too low, the film forming ability on the negative electrode tends to decrease, and the characteristics of the electrochemical device tend to deteriorate. Further, if the HF content is too large, the oxidation resistance of the electrolytic solution tends to decrease due to the influence of HF. Even if the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure contains HF in the above range, it does not reduce the high temperature storage recovery capacity rate of the electrochemical device.
The content of HF is more preferably 10 ppm or more, further preferably 20 ppm or more. The HF content is also more preferably 100 ppm or less, further preferably 80 ppm or less, and particularly preferably 50 ppm or less.
The content of HF can be measured by the neutralization titration method.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure may be prepared by any method using the above-mentioned components.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure can be suitably applied to an electrochemical device such as a lithium ion secondary battery, a lithium ion capacitor, a hybrid capacitor, and an electric double layer capacitor. Hereinafter, a non-aqueous electrolyte battery using the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure will be described.
The non-aqueous electrolyte battery can adopt a known structure, and typically includes a positive electrode and a positive electrode capable of storing and releasing ions (for example, lithium ions), and the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure. An electrochemical device having such an electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is also one of the present disclosures.

Electrochemical devices include lithium ion secondary batteries, lithium ion capacitors, capacitors (hybrid capacitors, electric double layer capacitors), radical batteries, solar cells (particularly dye-sensitized solar cells), lithium ion primary batteries, fuel cells, etc. Examples thereof include various electrochemical sensors, electrochromic elements, electrochemical switching elements, aluminum electrolytic capacitors, tantalum electrolytic capacitors and the like, and lithium ion secondary batteries, lithium ion capacitors and electric double layer capacitors are suitable.
A module including the above electrochemical device is also one of the present disclosures.

The present disclosure also relates to a lithium ion secondary battery comprising the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure.
The lithium ion secondary battery preferably includes a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and the above-mentioned electrolytic solution.

<Positive electrode>
The positive electrode is composed of a positive electrode active material layer containing a positive electrode active material and a current collector.

The positive electrode active material is not particularly limited as long as it can electrochemically store and release lithium ions, and is, for example, a lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide, a lithium-containing transition metal phosphoric acid compound, a sulfide, and a conductive material. Examples include sex polymers. Among them, as the positive electrode active material, a lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide and a lithium-containing transition metal phosphoric acid compound are preferable, and a lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide that produces a high voltage is particularly preferable.

The transition metal of the lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide is preferably V, Ti, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu or the like, and specific examples thereof include a lithium-cobalt composite oxide such as LiCoO ₂ or LiNiO ₂ . Lithium-nickel composite oxides, lithium-manganese composite oxides such as LiMnO ₂ , LiMn ₂ O ₄ , Li ₂ MnO ₄ , etc., and some of the transition metal atoms that are the main constituents of these lithium transition metal composite oxides are Na. Substitute with other elements such as K, B, F, Al, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Li, Ni, Cu, Zn, Mg, Ga, Zr, Si, Nb, Mo, Sn, W. And so on. Specific examples of the substituted ones include, for example, LiNi _0.5 Mn _0.5 O ₂ , LiNi _0.85 Co _0.10 Al _0.05 O ₂ , and LiNi _0.5 Co _0.2 Mn _0.3 O. ₂ , LiNi _0.6 Co _0.2 Mn _0.2 O ₂ , LiNi _0.33 Co _0.33 Mn _0.33 O ₂ , LiNi _0.45 Co _0.10 Al _0.45 O ₂ , LiMn _{1. 8} Al _0.2 O ₄ , LiMn _1.5 Ni _0.5 O ₄ and the like can be mentioned.

Among them, as the lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide, LiMn _1.5 Ni _0.5 O ₄ and LiNi _0.5 Co _0.2 Mn _0.3 O ₂ have high energy densities even at high voltage. LiNi _0.6 Co _0.2 Mn _0.2 O ₂ is preferable.

The transition metal of the lithium-containing transition metal phosphoric acid compound is preferably V, Ti, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu or the like, and specific examples thereof include, for example, LiFePO ₄ , Li ₃ Fe ₂ (PO ₄ ). _3. Iron phosphates such as LiFeP ₂ O ₇ , cobalt phosphates such as LiCoPO ₄ , and some of the transition metal atoms that are the main constituents of these lithium transition metal phosphate compounds are Al, Ti, V, Cr, Mn. , Fe, Co, Li, Ni, Cu, Zn, Mg, Ga, Zr, Nb, Si and the like substituted with other elements.

Examples of the lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide include, for example.
Formula: Li _a Mn _2-b M ¹ _b O ₄ (in the formula, 0.9 ≦ a; 0 ≦ b ≦ 1.5; M ¹ is Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Al, Sn, Cr, Lithium-manganese spinel composite oxide represented by (at least one metal selected from the group consisting of V, Ti, Mg, Ca, Sr, B, Ga, In, Si and Ge),
Formula: LiNi _1-c M ² _c O ₂ (in the formula, 0 ≦ c ≦ 0.5; M ² is Fe, Co, Mn, Cu, Zn, Al, Sn, Cr, V, Ti, Mg, Ca, A lithium-nickel composite oxide represented by (at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Sr, B, Ga, In, Si and Ge), or
Formula: LiCo _1-d M ³ _d O ₂ (in the formula, 0 ≦ d ≦ 0.5; M ³ is Fe, Ni, Mn, Cu, Zn, Al, Sn, Cr, V, Ti, Mg, Ca, Examples thereof include a lithium-cobalt composite oxide represented by (at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Sr, B, Ga, In, Si and Ge).

Among them, LiCoO ₂ , LiMnO ₂ , LiNiO ₂ , LiMn ₂ O ₄ , LiNi _0.8 Co _0.15 Al _0.05 O ₂ because it can provide a lithium ion secondary battery with high energy density and high output. , Or LiNi _1/3 Co _1/3 Mn _1/3 O ₂ is preferable.

Other positive electrode active materials include LiFePO ₄ , LiNi _0.8 Co _0.2 O ₂ , Li _1.2 Fe _0.4 Mn _0.4 O ₂ , LiNi _0.5 Mn _0.5 O ₂ , and LiV ₃ . O ₆ and the like can be mentioned.

As the sulfide, a compound having a two-dimensional layered structure such as TiS ₂ or MoS ₂ or a strong compound represented by the general formula _Mex Mo ₆ S ₈ (Me is various transition metals such as Pb, Ag and Cu). Examples thereof include a sulphur compound having a three-dimensional skeletal structure. In addition, elemental sulfur, organolithium sulfide represented by LiS _x , and the like can also be mentioned.

Examples of the conductive polymer include a p-doping type conductive polymer and an n-doping type conductive polymer. Examples of the conductive polymer include polyacetylene-based, polyphenylene-based, heterocyclic polymers, ionic polymers, ladders, network-like polymers and the like.

Further, it is preferable to include lithium phosphate in the positive electrode active material because the continuous charging characteristics are improved. Although the use of lithium phosphate is not limited, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned positive electrode active material in combination with lithium phosphate. The lower limit of the amount of lithium phosphate used is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total of the positive electrode active material and lithium phosphate. % Or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less.

Further, a substance having a composition different from that attached to the surface of the positive electrode active material may be used. Surface adhering substances include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, boron oxide, antimony oxide, bismuth oxide and other oxides, lithium sulfate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, magnesium sulfate and calcium sulfate. , Sulfates such as aluminum sulfate, carbonates such as lithium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, carbon and the like.

These surface-adhering substances are, for example, a method of dissolving or suspending in a solvent and impregnating and adding to the positive electrode active material and drying, and after dissolving or suspending the surface-adhering substance precursor in a solvent and impregnating and adding to the positive-positive substance. It can be adhered to the surface of the positive electrode active material by a method of reacting by heating or the like, a method of adding to the positive electrode active material precursor and firing at the same time, or the like. In addition, when carbon is attached, a method of mechanically attaching carbonaceous material later in the form of activated carbon or the like can also be used.

The amount of the surface adhering substance is preferably 0.1 ppm or more, more preferably 1 ppm or more, still more preferably 10 ppm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 0.1 ppm or more, more preferably 1 ppm or more, more preferably 10 ppm or more, in terms of mass with respect to the positive electrode active material. Is used at 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less. The surface-adhering substance can suppress the oxidation reaction of the electrolytic solution on the surface of the positive electrode active material and improve the battery life, but if the adhering amount is too small, the effect is not sufficiently exhibited and many If it is too much, the resistance may increase because it blocks the ingress and egress of lithium ions.

Examples of the shape of the particles of the positive electrode active material include lumps, polyhedra, spheres, elliptical spheres, plates, needles, and columns as conventionally used. Further, the primary particles may be aggregated to form secondary particles.

The tap density of the positive electrode active material is preferably 0.5 g / cm ³ or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm ³ or more, and further preferably 1.0 g / cm ³ or more. When the tap density of the positive electrode active material is lower than the above lower limit, the amount of the dispersion medium required for forming the positive electrode active material layer increases, and the required amount of the conductive material and the binder increases, so that the positive electrode to the positive electrode active material layer is formed. The filling rate of the active material is restricted, and the battery capacity may be restricted. By using the composite oxide powder having a high tap density, a high-density positive electrode active material layer can be formed. Generally, the larger the tap density is, the more preferable it is, and there is no particular upper limit. However, if it is too large, the diffusion of lithium ions using the electrolytic solution as a medium in the positive electrode active material layer becomes rate-determining, and the load characteristics may be easily deteriorated. The upper limit is preferably 4.0 g / cm ³ or less, more preferably 3.7 g / cm ³ or less, and further preferably 3.5 g / cm ³ or less.
In the present disclosure, the tap density is the powder filling density (tap density) g / cm ³ when 5 to 10 g of positive electrode active material powder is placed in a 10 ml glass graduated cylinder and tapped 200 times with a stroke of about 20 mm. Ask as.

The median diameter d50 (secondary particle diameter when the primary particles are aggregated to form secondary particles) of the particles of the positive electrode active material is preferably 0.3 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, still more preferable. Is 0.8 μm or more, most preferably 1.0 μm or more, preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 27 μm or less, still more preferably 25 μm or less, and most preferably 22 μm or less. If it is below the above lower limit, it may not be possible to obtain a high tap density product, and if it exceeds the upper limit, it takes time to diffuse lithium in the particles, resulting in deterioration of battery performance or making a positive electrode for the battery, that is, an active material. When a conductive material, a binder, or the like is made into a slurry with a solvent and applied in the form of a thin film, problems such as drawing streaks may occur. Here, by mixing two or more kinds of the positive electrode active materials having different median diameters d50, the filling property at the time of producing the positive electrode can be further improved.

In the present disclosure, the median diameter d50 is measured by a known laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device. When LA-920 manufactured by HORIBA is used as the particle size distribution meter, a 0.1 mass% sodium hexametaphosphate aqueous solution is used as the dispersion medium used for the measurement, and the measured refractive index is set to 1.24 after ultrasonic dispersion for 5 minutes. Is measured.

When the primary particles are aggregated to form secondary particles, the average primary particle diameter of the positive electrode active material is preferably 0.05 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, still more preferably 0. It is 2 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 4 μm or less, still more preferably 3 μm or less, and most preferably 2 μm or less. If it exceeds the above upper limit, it is difficult to form spherical secondary particles, which adversely affects the powder filling property and greatly reduces the specific surface area, so that there is a high possibility that the battery performance such as output characteristics will deteriorate. be. On the contrary, if it is less than the above lower limit, a problem such as inferior reversibility of charge / discharge may occur because the crystal is usually underdeveloped.

In the present disclosure, the primary particle size is measured by observation using a scanning electron microscope (SEM). Specifically, in a photograph with a magnification of 10000 times, the longest value of the intercept by the left and right boundary lines of the primary particles with respect to the horizontal straight line is obtained for any 50 primary particles, and the average value is taken. Be done.

The BET specific surface area of the positive electrode active material is preferably 0.1 m ² / g or more, more preferably 0.2 m ² / g or more, still more preferably 0.3 m ² / g or more, and the upper limit is preferably 50 m ² / g. It is g or less, more preferably 40 m ² / g or less, still more preferably 30 m ² / g or less. If the BET specific surface area is smaller than this range, the battery performance tends to deteriorate, and if it is large, the tap density does not easily increase, and a problem may easily occur in the coatability at the time of forming the positive electrode active material layer.

In the present disclosure, the BET specific surface area is large after pre-drying the sample at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes under nitrogen flow using a surface area meter (for example, a fully automatic surface area measuring device manufactured by Okura Riken Co., Ltd.). It is defined by the value measured by the nitrogen adsorption BET 1-point method by the gas flow method using a nitrogen helium mixed gas accurately adjusted so that the value of the relative pressure of nitrogen with respect to the pressure is 0.3.

When the lithium ion secondary battery of the present disclosure is used as a large lithium ion secondary battery for a hybrid vehicle or a distributed power source, high output is required. Therefore, the particles of the positive electrode active material are mainly secondary particles. Is preferable.
The particles of the positive electrode active material preferably contain 0.5 to 7.0% by volume of fine particles having an average particle size of secondary particles of 40 μm or less and an average primary particle size of 1 μm or less. By containing fine particles having an average primary particle diameter of 1 μm or less, the contact area with the electrolytic solution can be increased, and the diffusion of lithium ions between the electrode and the electrolytic solution can be made faster, and as a result, the battery can be used. Output performance can be improved.

As a method for producing a positive electrode active material, a general method is used as a method for producing an inorganic compound. In particular, various methods can be considered for producing a spherical or elliptical spherical active material. For example, a raw material for a transition metal is dissolved or pulverized and dispersed in a solvent such as water, and the pH is adjusted while stirring. A method of obtaining an active material by preparing and recovering a spherical precursor, drying the precursor as necessary, adding a Li source such as LiOH, Li ₂ CO ₃ , or LiNO ₃ and firing at a high temperature can be mentioned. ..

For the production of the positive electrode, the positive electrode active material may be used alone, or two or more kinds having different compositions may be used in any combination or ratio. In this case, a preferred combination is LiCoO ₂ and LiMn ₂ O ₄ such as LiNi _0.33 Co _0.33 Mn _0.33 O ₂ , or a combination of a part of this Mn replaced with another transition metal or the like. Alternatively, a combination with LiCoO ₂ or a part of this Co substituted with another transition metal or the like can be mentioned.

The content of the positive electrode active material is preferably 50 to 99.5% by mass, more preferably 80 to 99% by mass of the positive electrode mixture in terms of high battery capacity. The content of the positive electrode active material in the positive electrode active material layer is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 82% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 84% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass or less. If the content of the positive electrode active material in the positive electrode active material layer is low, the electric capacity may be insufficient. On the contrary, if the content is too high, the strength of the positive electrode may be insufficient.

The positive electrode mixture preferably further contains a binder, a thickener, and a conductive material.
As the binder, any material can be used as long as it is a material that is safe against the solvent and electrolytic solution used in the manufacture of the electrode, and for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polymethylmethacrylate, and fragrance. Resin-based polymers such as group polyamide, chitosan, alginic acid, polyacrylic acid, polyimide, cellulose, nitrocellulose; SBR (styrene-butadiene rubber), isoprene rubber, butadiene rubber, fluororubber, NBR (acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber), ethylene -Rubber-like polymer such as propylene rubber; styrene-butadiene-styrene block copolymer or its hydrogenated material; EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene ternary copolymer), styrene-ethylene-butadiene-styrene copolymer, Thermoplastic elastomeric polymers such as styrene / isoprene / styrene block copolymers or their hydrogenated additives; syndiotactic-1 / 2-polybutadiene, polyvinyl acetate, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, propylene / α-olefins Soft resinous polymers such as copolymers; Fluorine-based polymers such as polyvinylidene fluoride, polytetrafluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymers; alkali metal ions (particularly lithium ions) Examples thereof include a polymer composition having ionic conductivity. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

The content of the binder is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, as the ratio of the binder in the positive electrode active material layer. It is usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and most preferably 10% by mass or less. If the proportion of the binder is too low, the positive electrode active material cannot be sufficiently retained, the mechanical strength of the positive electrode is insufficient, and the battery performance such as cycle characteristics may be deteriorated. On the other hand, if it is too high, it may lead to a decrease in battery capacity and conductivity.

Examples of the thickener include carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, oxidized starch, phosphorylated starch, casein, polyvinylpyrrolidone and salts thereof. One type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in any combination and ratio.

The ratio of the thickener to the active material is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, and usually 5% by mass or less, preferably 3%. It is in the range of mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or less. Below this range, the coatability may be significantly reduced. If it exceeds the limit, the ratio of the active material in the positive electrode active material layer decreases, which may cause a problem that the capacity of the battery decreases or a problem that the resistance between the positive electrode active materials increases.

As the conductive material, a known conductive material can be arbitrarily used. Specific examples include metal materials such as copper and nickel, natural graphite, graphite such as artificial graphite (graphite), acetylene black, ketjen black, channel black, furnace black, lamp black, thermal black and other carbon black, and needle coke. , Carbon nanotubes, fullerene, carbon materials such as amorphous carbon such as VGCF, and the like. It should be noted that one of these may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio. The conductive material is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and usually 50% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass in the positive electrode active material layer. It is used so as to contain% or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. If the content is lower than this range, the conductivity may be insufficient. On the contrary, if the content is higher than this range, the battery capacity may decrease.

The solvent for forming the slurry is particularly selected as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing a positive electrode active material, a conductive material, a binder, and a thickener used as needed. There is no limitation, and either an aqueous solvent or an organic solvent may be used. Examples of the aqueous solvent include water, a mixed medium of alcohol and water, and the like. Examples of the organic solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene and methylnaphthalene; heterocyclic compounds such as quinoline and pyridine; and ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and cyclohexanone. Classes; esters such as methyl acetate and methyl acrylate; amines such as diethylenetriamine, N, N-dimethylaminopropylamine; ethers such as diethyl ether, propylene oxide and tetrahydrofuran (THF); N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). , Dimethylformamides, dimethylacetamides and the like; aprotonic polar solvents such as hexamethylphosphalamides and dimethylsulfoxides and the like.

Examples of the material of the current collector for the positive electrode include metals such as aluminum, titanium, tantalum, stainless steel and nickel, or metal materials such as alloys thereof; carbon materials such as carbon cloth and carbon paper. Of these, metal materials, especially aluminum or alloys thereof, are preferable.

Examples of the shape of the current collector include metal foil, metal cylinder, metal coil, metal plate, metal thin film, expanded metal, punch metal, foamed metal, etc. in the case of metal material, and carbon plate, carbon in the case of carbon material. Examples include a thin film and a carbon column. Of these, a metal thin film is preferable. The thin film may be formed in a mesh shape as appropriate. The thickness of the thin film is arbitrary, but is usually 1 μm or more, preferably 3 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more, and usually 1 mm or less, preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less. If the thin film is thinner than this range, the strength required for the current collector may be insufficient. On the contrary, if the thin film is thicker than this range, the handleability may be impaired.

Further, it is also preferable that the conductive auxiliary agent is applied to the surface of the current collector from the viewpoint of reducing the electric contact resistance between the current collector and the positive electrode active material layer. Examples of the conductive auxiliary agent include carbon and precious metals such as gold, platinum and silver.

The ratio of the thickness of the current collector to the positive electrode active material layer is not particularly limited, but the value of (thickness of the positive electrode active material layer on one side immediately before the injection of the electrolytic solution) / (thickness of the current collector) is 20. It is preferably less than or equal to, more preferably 15 or less, most preferably 10 or less, still preferably 0.5 or more, more preferably 0.8 or more, and most preferably 1 or more. If it exceeds this range, the current collector may generate heat due to Joule heat during high current density charging / discharging. Below this range, the volume ratio of the current collector to the positive electrode active material may increase and the capacity of the battery may decrease.

The positive electrode may be manufactured by a conventional method. For example, the above-mentioned binder, thickener, conductive material, solvent, etc. are added to the above-mentioned positive electrode active material to form a slurry-like positive electrode mixture, which is applied to a current collector, dried, and then pressed to obtain a high density. There is a method of densifying.

The high density can be increased by a hand press, a roller press, or the like. The density of the positive electrode active material layer is preferably 1.5 g / cm ³ or more, more preferably 2 g / cm ³ or more, still more preferably 2.2 g / cm ³ or more, and preferably 5 g / cm ³ or less. It is more preferably in the range of 4.5 g / cm ³ or less, and further preferably in the range of 4 g / cm ³ or less. If it exceeds this range, the permeability of the electrolytic solution to the vicinity of the current collector / active material interface is lowered, and the charge / discharge characteristics are deteriorated especially at a high current density, and high output may not be obtained. If it is lower than that, the conductivity between active materials decreases, the battery resistance increases, and high output may not be obtained.

When the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is used, it is preferable that the area of the positive electrode active material layer is larger than the outer surface area of the battery outer case from the viewpoint of enhancing the stability at high output and high temperature. Specifically, the total area of the electrodes of the positive electrode with respect to the surface area of the exterior of the secondary battery is preferably 15 times or more in terms of area ratio, and more preferably 40 times or more. The outer surface area of the battery exterior case is the total area calculated from the length, width, and thickness of the case part filled with power generation elements excluding the protrusions of the terminals in the case of a bottomed square shape. say. In the case of a bottomed cylindrical shape, the geometric surface area approximates the case portion filled with the power generation element excluding the protruding portion of the terminal as a cylinder. The total electrode area of the positive electrode is the geometric surface area of the positive electrode mixture layer facing the mixture layer containing the negative electrode active material, and in a structure in which the positive electrode mixture layer is formed on both sides via the collector foil. , Refers to the sum of the areas calculated separately for each surface.

The thickness of the positive electrode plate is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of high capacity and high output, the thickness of the mixture layer minus the thickness of the metal foil of the core material is preferable as the lower limit with respect to one side of the current collector. Is 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, preferably 500 μm or less, and more preferably 450 μm or less.

Further, a substance having a composition different from that attached to the surface of the positive electrode plate may be used. Surface adhering substances include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, boron oxide, antimony oxide, bismuth oxide and other oxides, lithium sulfate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, magnesium sulfate and calcium sulfate. , Sulfates such as aluminum sulfate, carbonates such as lithium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, carbon and the like.

<Negative electrode>
The negative electrode is composed of a negative electrode active material layer containing a negative electrode active material and a current collector.

The negative electrode material is not particularly limited as long as it can electrochemically occlude and release lithium ions. Specific examples include carbon materials, alloy materials, lithium-containing metal composite oxide materials, conductive polymers and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

The negative electrode active material is a carbonaceous material that can occlude and release lithium such as pyrolyzed organic substances under various thermal decomposition conditions, artificial graphite, and natural graphite; and occlude and release lithium such as tin oxide and silicon oxide. Possible metal oxide materials; lithium metals; various lithium alloys; lithium-containing metal composite oxide materials and the like can be mentioned. Two or more kinds of these negative electrode active materials may be mixed and used.

As the carbonaceous material capable of storing and releasing lithium, artificial graphite or purified natural graphite produced by high-temperature treatment of easy-graphite pitch obtained from various raw materials, or surface treatment of these graphites with pitch or other organic substances. It is preferable that the material is obtained by carbonizing after applying A carbonaceous material consisting of at least two or more different crystalline carbonites and / or having an interface in contact with the different crystalline carbonites, the negative electrode active material layer has at least two or more different orientations. A material selected from a carbonaceous material having an interface in contact with graphite is more preferable because it has a good balance between initial irreversible capacitance and high current density charge / discharge characteristics. Further, these carbon materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

As the carbonaceous material obtained by heat-treating the above-mentioned artificial carbonaceous material and artificial graphite material at least once in the range of 400 to 3200 ° C., coal-based coke, petroleum-based coke, coal-based pitch, petroleum-based pitch, and these pitches are oxidized. Treated, needle coke, pitch coke and carbon agents partially graphitized thereof, thermal decomposition products of organic substances such as furnace black, acetylene black, and pitch-based carbon fibers, carbonizable organic substances and carbonized products thereof, or carbonizable products. Examples thereof include a solution obtained by dissolving various organic substances in a low molecular weight organic solvent such as benzene, toluene, xylene, quinoline and n-hexane, and carbonized products thereof.

As the metal material used as the negative electrode active material (excluding the lithium-titanium composite oxide), if lithium can be stored and released, lithium alone, a single metal and alloy forming a lithium alloy, or oxidation thereof. It may be any compound such as a substance, a carbide, a nitride, a silicide, a sulfide or a phosphor, and is not particularly limited. The single metal and alloy forming the lithium alloy are preferably materials containing group 13 and group 14 metal / semi-metal elements, and more preferably aluminum, silicon and tin (hereinafter abbreviated as “specific metal element”). ) Is a single metal and an alloy or compound containing these atoms. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more in any combination and ratio.

As the negative electrode active material having at least one atom selected from the specific metal element, the metal single substance of any one specific metal element, the alloy consisting of two or more specific metal elements, or one or two or more specific ones are specified. Alloys consisting of metal elements and other one or more metal elements, compounds containing one or more specific metal elements, and oxides, carbides, nitrides, and silicates of the compounds. , A complex compound such as a sulfide or a phospho compound. By using these metal simple substances, alloys or metal compounds as the negative electrode active material, it is possible to increase the capacity of the battery.

In addition, a compound in which these composite compounds are complicatedly bonded to several kinds of elements such as elemental metals, alloys or non-metal elements can also be mentioned. Specifically, for example, in silicon and tin, an alloy of these elements and a metal that does not operate as a negative electrode can be used. For example, in the case of tin, it is possible to use a complex compound containing 5 to 6 kinds of elements in combination with a metal that acts as a negative electrode other than tin and silicon, a metal that does not act as a negative electrode, and a non-metal element. can.

Specifically, Si alone, SiB ₄ , SiB ₆ , Mg ₂ Si, Ni ₂ Si, TiSi ₂ , MoSi ₂ , CoSi ₂ , NiSi ₂ , CaSi ₂ , CrSi ₂ , Cu ₆ Si, FeSi ₂ , MnSi ₂ , NbSi ₂ , TaSi ₂ , VSi ₂ , WSi ₂ , ZnSi ₂ , SiC, Si ₃ N ₄ , Si ₂ N ₂ O, SiO _v (0 <v ≦ 2), LiSiO or tin simple substance, SnSiO ₃ , LiSnO, Mg ₂ Sn, SnO _w (0 <w ≦ 2) can be mentioned.
Further, a composite material containing Si or Sn as the first constituent element and the second and third constituent elements in addition thereof may be mentioned. The second constituent element is, for example, at least one of cobalt, iron, magnesium, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, nickel, copper, zinc, gallium and zirconium. The third constituent element is, for example, at least one of boron, carbon, aluminum and phosphorus.
In particular, since high battery capacity and excellent battery characteristics can be obtained, as the metal material, silicon or tin alone (may contain a trace amount of impurities), SiO _v (0 <v ≦ 2), SnO _w (0). ≦ w ≦ 2), Si—Co—C composite material, Si—Ni—C composite material, Sn—Co—C composite material, Sn—Ni—C composite material are preferable.

The lithium-containing metal composite oxide material used as the negative electrode active material is not particularly limited as long as it can store and release lithium, but a material containing titanium and lithium is preferable from the viewpoint of high current density charge / discharge characteristics. A lithium-containing composite metal oxide material containing titanium is more preferable, and a composite oxide of lithium and titanium (hereinafter, abbreviated as "lithium-titanium composite oxide") is preferable. That is, it is particularly preferable to use a lithium titanium composite oxide having a spinel structure contained in the negative electrode active material for an electrolytic solution battery because the output resistance is greatly reduced.

As the above lithium-titanium composite oxide, the general formula:
Li _{x Ty M z O 4}
[In the formula, M represents at least one element selected from the group consisting of Na, K, Co, Al, Fe, Ti, Mg, Cr, Ga, Cu, Zn and Nb. ]
It is preferably a compound represented by.
Among the above compositions,
(I) 1.2 ≦ x ≦ 1.4, 1.5 ≦ y ≦ 1.7, z = 0
(Ii) 0.9 ≦ x ≦ 1.1, 1.9 ≦ y ≦ 2.1, z = 0
(Iii) 0.7 ≦ x ≦ 0.9, 2.1 ≦ y ≦ 2.3, z = 0
This structure is particularly preferable because it has a good balance of battery performance.

Particularly preferred representative compositions of the above compounds are Li _4/3 Ti _5/3 O ₄ for (i), Li ₁ Ti ₂ O ₄ for (ii), and Li _4/5 Ti _11/5 O for (iii). It is ₄ . As for the structure of Z ≠ 0, for example, Li _4/3 Ti _4/3 Al _1/3 O ₄ is preferable.

The negative electrode mixture preferably further contains a binder, a thickener, and a conductive material.

Examples of the binder include the same binders that can be used for the positive electrode described above. The ratio of the binder to the negative electrode active material is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.6% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less, 15 It is more preferably 0% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 8% by mass or less. If the ratio of the binder to the negative electrode active material exceeds the above range, the ratio of the binder whose amount does not contribute to the battery capacity increases, which may lead to a decrease in the battery capacity. Further, if it falls below the above range, the strength of the negative electrode may decrease.

In particular, when a rubbery polymer typified by SBR is contained in the main component, the ratio of the binder to the negative electrode active material is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more. , 0.6% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, still more preferably 2% by mass or less. When a fluoropolymer represented by polyvinylidene fluoride is contained in the main component, the ratio to the negative electrode active material is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 2% by mass or more, and further 3% by mass or more. It is preferable, and usually it is 15% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 8% by mass or less.

Examples of the thickener include the same thickeners that can be used for the positive electrode described above. The ratio of the thickener to the negative electrode active material is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 0.6% by mass or more, and usually 5% by mass or less. 3% by mass or less is preferable, and 2% by mass or less is more preferable. If the ratio of the thickener to the negative electrode active material is less than the above range, the coatability may be significantly reduced. On the other hand, if it exceeds the above range, the ratio of the negative electrode active material to the negative electrode active material layer decreases, which may cause a problem of a decrease in battery capacity or an increase in resistance between the negative electrode active materials.

Examples of the conductive material of the negative electrode include metal materials such as copper and nickel; carbon materials such as graphite and carbon black.

The solvent for forming the slurry is particularly selected as long as it is a solvent capable of dissolving or dispersing the negative electrode active material, the binder, and the thickener and the conductive material used as needed. There is no limitation, and either an aqueous solvent or an organic solvent may be used.
Examples of the aqueous solvent include water and alcohol, and examples of the organic solvent include N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, methylethylketone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, methyl acrylate, diethyltriamine, N, N-. Examples thereof include dimethylaminopropylamine, tetrahydrofuran (THF), toluene, acetone, diethyl ether, dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphalamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, benzene, xylene, quinoline, pyridine, methylnaphthalene and hexane.

Examples of the material of the current collector for the negative electrode include copper, nickel, stainless steel and the like. Among them, copper foil is preferable in terms of easy processing into a thin film and cost.

The thickness of the current collector is usually 1 μm or more, preferably 5 μm or more, and usually 100 μm or less, preferably 50 μm or less. If the thickness of the negative electrode current collector is too thick, the capacity of the entire battery may be reduced too much, and conversely, if it is too thin, handling may be difficult.

The negative electrode may be manufactured by a conventional method. For example, there is a method in which the above-mentioned binder, thickener, conductive material, solvent and the like are added to the above-mentioned negative electrode material to form a slurry, which is applied to a current collector, dried and then pressed to increase the density. .. When an alloy material is used, a method of forming a thin film layer (negative electrode active material layer) containing the above-mentioned negative electrode active material by a method such as a vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or a plating method is also used.

The electrode structure when the negative electrode active material is converted into an electrode is not particularly limited, but the density of the negative electrode active material existing on the current collector is preferably 1 g · cm ^-3 or more, and 1.2 g · cm ^-3 or more. Is more preferable, 1.3 g · cm ^-3 or more is particularly preferable, 2.2 g · cm ^-3 or less is preferable, 2.1 g · cm ^-3 or less is more preferable, and 2.0 g · cm ^-3 or less is more preferable. More preferably, 1.9 g · cm ^-3 or less is particularly preferable. When the density of the negative electrode active material existing on the current collector exceeds the above range, the negative electrode active material particles are destroyed, the initial irreversible capacity is increased, and the electrolytic solution near the current collector / negative electrode active material interface is increased. High current density charge / discharge characteristics may deteriorate due to a decrease in permeability. Further, if it is below the above range, the conductivity between the negative electrode active materials may decrease, the battery resistance may increase, and the capacity per unit volume may decrease.

The thickness of the negative electrode plate is designed according to the positive electrode plate to be used, and is not particularly limited, but the thickness of the mixture layer after subtracting the metal leaf thickness of the core material is usually 15 μm or more, preferably 20 μm or more. , More preferably 30 μm or more, and usually 300 μm or less, preferably 280 μm or less, more preferably 250 μm or less.

Further, a substance having a composition different from that attached to the surface of the negative electrode plate may be used. Surface adhering substances include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, boron oxide, antimony oxide, bismuth oxide and other oxides, lithium sulfate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, magnesium sulfate and calcium sulfate. , Sulfates such as aluminum sulfate, carbonates such as lithium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate and the like.

<Separator>
The lithium ion secondary battery of the present disclosure preferably further includes a separator.
The material and shape of the separator are not particularly limited as long as they are stable to the electrolytic solution and have excellent liquid retention properties, and known ones can be used. Among them, resins, glass fibers, inorganic substances, etc., which are made of a material stable to the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure, are used, and a porous sheet or a non-woven fabric-like material having excellent liquid retention property is used. preferable.

As the material of the resin and the glass fiber separator, for example, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, aromatic polyamides, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyether sulfone, glass filters and the like can be used. One of these materials, such as polypropylene / polyethylene two-layer film and polypropylene / polyethylene / polypropylene three-layer film, may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio. Among them, the separator is preferably a porous sheet or a non-woven fabric made of a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene because the permeability of the electrolytic solution and the shutdown effect are good.

The thickness of the separator is arbitrary, but is usually 1 μm or more, preferably 5 μm or more, further preferably 8 μm or more, and usually 50 μm or less, preferably 40 μm or less, further preferably 30 μm or less. If the separator is too thin than the above range, the insulating property and the mechanical strength may be deteriorated. Further, if it is too thick than the above range, not only the battery performance such as rate characteristics may be deteriorated, but also the energy density of the electrolytic solution battery as a whole may be lowered.

Further, when a porous material such as a porous sheet or a non-woven fabric is used as the separator, the porosity of the separator is arbitrary, but is usually 20% or more, preferably 35% or more, still more preferably 45% or more. Further, it is usually 90% or less, preferably 85% or less, and further preferably 75% or less. If the porosity is too smaller than the above range, the film resistance tends to increase and the rate characteristics tend to deteriorate. On the other hand, if it is larger than the above range, the mechanical strength of the separator is lowered and the insulating property tends to be lowered.

The average pore size of the separator is also arbitrary, but is usually 0.5 μm or less, preferably 0.2 μm or less, and usually 0.05 μm or more. If the average hole diameter exceeds the above range, a short circuit is likely to occur. Further, if it is below the above range, the film resistance may increase and the rate characteristics may deteriorate.

On the other hand, as the inorganic material, for example, oxides such as alumina and silicon dioxide, nitrides such as aluminum nitride and silicon nitride, and sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate are used, and those having a particle shape or a fiber shape are used. Used.

As the form, a thin film such as a non-woven fabric, a woven fabric, or a microporous film is used. As the thin film shape, a thin film having a pore diameter of 0.01 to 1 μm and a thickness of 5 to 50 μm is preferably used. In addition to the independent thin film shape described above, a separator formed by forming a composite porous layer containing the particles of the inorganic substance on the surface layer of the positive electrode and / or the negative electrode using a resin binder can be used. For example, alumina particles having a 90% particle size of less than 1 μm may be formed on both sides of the positive electrode by using a fluororesin as a binder to form a porous layer.

<Battery design>
The electrode group has a laminated structure in which the positive electrode plate and the negative electrode plate are interposed via the separator, and a structure in which the positive electrode plate and the negative electrode plate are spirally wound via the separator. Either may be used. The ratio of the volume of the electrode group to the internal volume of the battery (hereinafter referred to as the electrode group occupancy rate) is usually 40% or more, preferably 50% or more, and usually 90% or less, preferably 80% or less. ..

When the electrode group occupancy rate is lower than the above range, the battery capacity becomes small. Further, if it exceeds the above range, the void space is small, and the internal pressure rises due to the expansion of the member due to the high temperature of the battery and the increase of the vapor pressure of the liquid component of the electrolyte, and the charge / discharge repetition performance as a battery. In some cases, various characteristics such as high temperature storage may be deteriorated, and further, a gas discharge valve that releases internal pressure to the outside may operate.

The current collecting structure is not particularly limited, but in order to more effectively improve the charge / discharge characteristics of high current density by the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure, it is necessary to use a structure that reduces the resistance of the wiring portion and the joint portion. preferable. When the internal resistance is reduced in this way, the effect of using the electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is particularly well exhibited.

When the electrode group has the above-mentioned laminated structure, a structure formed by bundling the metal core portions of each electrode layer and welding them to the terminals is preferably used. When the area of one electrode becomes large, the internal resistance becomes large. Therefore, it is also preferably used to reduce the resistance by providing a plurality of terminals in the electrode. In the case where the electrode group has the above-mentioned winding structure, the internal resistance can be reduced by providing a plurality of lead structures on the positive electrode and the negative electrode and bundling them in the terminals.

The material of the outer case is not particularly limited as long as it is a substance stable to the electrolytic solution used. Specifically, a nickel-plated steel plate, a metal such as stainless steel, aluminum or an aluminum alloy, a magnesium alloy, or a laminated film (laminated film) of a resin and an aluminum foil is used. From the viewpoint of weight reduction, aluminum or aluminum alloy metal or laminated film is preferably used.

For exterior cases using metals, the metals are welded together by laser welding, resistance welding, or ultrasonic welding to form a sealed structure, or the above metals are used to form a caulking structure via a resin gasket. Things can be mentioned. Examples of the outer case using the above-mentioned laminated film include a case in which resin layers are heat-sealed to form a sealed and sealed structure. In order to improve the sealing property, a resin different from the resin used for the laminated film may be interposed between the resin layers. In particular, when the resin layer is heat-sealed via the current collecting terminal to form a closed structure, the metal and the resin are bonded to each other. Resin is preferably used.

The shape of the lithium ion secondary battery of the present disclosure is arbitrary, and examples thereof include a cylindrical type, a square type, a laminated type, a coin type, and a large size. The shapes and configurations of the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator can be changed and used according to the shape of each battery.

A module including the lithium ion secondary battery of the present disclosure is also one of the present disclosures.

Further, the positive electrode is provided with a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and the above-mentioned electrolytic solution, and the positive electrode is provided with a positive electrode active material layer containing a positive electrode current collector and a positive electrode active material, and the positive electrode active material is characterized by containing Mn. A lithium ion secondary battery is also one of the preferred embodiments. Since the positive electrode active material layer containing the positive electrode active material containing Mn is provided, the lithium ion secondary battery is further excellent in high temperature storage characteristics.

As the positive electrode active material containing Mn, LiMn _1.5 Ni _0.5 O ₄ and LiNi _0.5 Co _0.2 Mn ₀ are available because they have high energy density and can provide a high output lithium ion secondary battery. _.3 O ₂ and LiNi _0.6 Co _0.2 Mn _0.2 O ₂ are preferable.

The content of the positive electrode active material in the positive electrode active material layer is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 82% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 84% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass or less. If the content of the positive electrode active material in the positive electrode active material layer is low, the electric capacity may be insufficient. On the contrary, if the content is too high, the strength of the positive electrode may be insufficient.

The positive electrode active material layer may further contain a conductive material, a thickener and a binder.

As the binder, any material can be used as long as it is a material that is safe against the solvent and electrolytic solution used in the manufacture of the electrode. For example, polyvinylidene fluoride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene can be used. , SBR (styrene / butadiene rubber), isoprene rubber, butadiene rubber, ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate, polymethylmethacrylate, polyimide, aromatic polyamide, cellulose, nitrocellulose, NBR (Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber), fluorine rubber, ethylene-propylene rubber, styrene / butadiene / styrene block copolymer or its hydrogen additive, EPDM (ethylene / propylene / diene ternary copolymer), styrene / ethylene / butadiene / Ethylene copolymer, styrene / isoprene / styrene block copolymer or hydrogen additive thereof, syndiotactic-1,2-polybutadiene, polyvinyl acetate, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, propylene / α-olefin copolymer , Fluorinated polyvinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymer, polymer composition having ionic conductivity of alkali metal ion (particularly lithium ion) and the like. In addition, these substances may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together by arbitrary combinations and ratios.

The content of the binder is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1.5% by mass or more, as the ratio of the binder in the positive electrode active material layer. It is usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and most preferably 10% by mass or less. If the proportion of the binder is too low, the positive electrode active material cannot be sufficiently retained, the mechanical strength of the positive electrode is insufficient, and the battery performance such as cycle characteristics may be deteriorated. On the other hand, if it is too high, it may lead to a decrease in battery capacity and conductivity.

Examples of the thickener include carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, oxidized starch, phosphorylated starch, casein and salts thereof. One type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in any combination and ratio.

The ratio of the thickener to the active material is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, and usually 5% by mass or less, preferably 3%. It is in the range of mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or less. Below this range, the coatability may be significantly reduced. If it exceeds the limit, the ratio of the active material in the positive electrode active material layer decreases, which may cause a problem that the capacity of the battery decreases or a problem that the resistance between the positive electrode active materials increases.

As the conductive material, a known conductive material can be arbitrarily used. Specific examples include metal materials such as copper and nickel, graphite such as natural graphite and artificial graphite (graphite), carbon black such as acetylene black, and carbon materials such as amorphous carbon such as needle coke. It should be noted that one of these may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio. The conductive material is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and usually 50% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass in the positive electrode active material layer. It is used so as to contain% or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. If the content is lower than this range, the conductivity may be insufficient. On the contrary, if the content is higher than this range, the battery capacity may decrease.

The positive electrode current collector is preferably made of a valve metal or an alloy thereof because the high temperature storage characteristics are further improved. Examples of the valve metal include aluminum, titanium, tantalum, chromium and the like. It is more preferable that the positive electrode current collector is made of aluminum or an alloy of aluminum.

Since the high-temperature storage characteristics of the lithium-ion secondary battery are further improved, the portion of the portion electrically connected to the positive electrode current collector that comes into contact with the electrolytic solution is also made of a valve metal or an alloy thereof. It is preferably configured. In particular, of the battery outer case and the lead wires and safety valves housed in the battery outer case, the portion electrically connected to the positive electrode current collector and in contact with the non-aqueous electrolytic solution is made of valve metal or. It is preferably composed of the alloy. Stainless steel coated with a valve metal or an alloy thereof may be used.

The method for producing the positive electrode is as described above. For example, the above-mentioned binder, thickener, conductive material, solvent and the like are added to the above-mentioned positive electrode active material to prepare a slurry-like positive electrode mixture, which is used as described above. Examples thereof include a method in which the film is applied to a positive electrode current collector, dried, and then pressed to increase the density.

The configuration of the negative electrode is as described above.

The electric double layer capacitor may include a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and the above-mentioned electrolytic solution.
In the electric double layer capacitor, at least one of the positive electrode and the negative electrode is a polarizable electrode, and the following electrodes described in detail in JP-A-9-7896 can be used as the polarizable electrode and the non-polarizing electrode.

The polarizable electrode mainly composed of activated carbon used in the present disclosure preferably contains an activated carbon having a large specific surface area and a conductive agent such as carbon black that imparts electron conductivity. The polar electrode can be formed by various methods. For example, a polarized electrode composed of activated carbon and carbon black can be formed by mixing activated carbon powder, carbon black, and a phenolic resin, and then firing and activating them in an inert gas atmosphere and a steam atmosphere after press molding. Preferably, the polarizable electrode is bonded to the current collector with a conductive adhesive or the like.

Further, activated carbon powder, carbon black and a binder can be kneaded in the presence of alcohol to form a sheet and dried to obtain a polar electrode. For this binder, for example, polytetrafluoroethylene is used. Alternatively, activated carbon powder, carbon black, a binder and a solvent may be mixed to form a slurry, and this slurry may be coated on a metal foil of a current collector and dried to form a polar electrode integrated with the current collector. can.

A polarizable electrode mainly composed of activated carbon may be used for both electrodes to form an electric double layer capacitor, but a configuration using a non-polarizing electrode on one side, for example, a positive electrode mainly composed of a battery active material such as a metal oxide, and activated charcoal. A configuration that combines a negative electrode with a polarized electrode mainly composed of, a negative electrode mainly composed of a carbon material that can reversibly store and desorb lithium ions, or a negative electrode made of a lithium metal or a lithium alloy, and a portion mainly composed of activated carbon. A configuration in combination with a polar positive electrode is also possible.

Further, carbonaceous materials such as carbon black, graphite, expanded graphite, porous carbon, carbon nanotubes, carbon nanohorns, and Ketjen black may be used in place of or in combination with activated carbon.

The non-polarizing electrode is preferably mainly composed of a carbon material that can occlude and occlude lithium ions reversibly, and the carbon material that occludes lithium ions is used for the electrode. In this case, a lithium salt is used as the electrolyte. According to the electric double layer capacitor of this configuration, a higher withstand voltage exceeding 4V can be obtained.

The solvent used to prepare the slurry in the preparation of the electrode is preferably one that dissolves the binder, and depending on the type of the binder, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, toluene, xylene, isophorone, methylethylketone, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, phthal. Ethyl acetate, ethanol, methanol, butanol or water are appropriately selected.

Examples of the activated carbon used for the partial polarity electrode include phenol resin-based activated carbon, palm-based activated carbon, petroleum coke-based activated carbon, and the like. Of these, petroleum coke-based activated carbon or phenol resin-based activated carbon is preferably used because a large capacity can be obtained. Further, the activated carbon activation treatment method includes a steam activation treatment method, a molten KOH activation treatment method, and the like, and it is preferable to use the activated carbon by the molten KOH activation treatment method in that a larger capacity can be obtained.

Preferred conductive agents used for the partial polarity electrode include carbon black, ketjen black, acetylene black, natural graphite, artificial graphite, metal fiber, conductive titanium oxide, and ruthenium oxide. The mixing amount of the conductive agent such as carbon black used for the polar electrode is 1 to 1 in the total amount with activated carbon because good conductivity (low internal resistance) is obtained and the capacity of the product decreases if it is too large. It is preferably 50% by mass.

As the activated carbon used for the polarizable electrode, activated carbon having an average particle size of 20 μm or less and a specific surface area of 1500 to 3000 m ² / g is used so that an electric double layer capacitor having a large capacity and low internal resistance can be obtained. Is preferable. In addition, as preferable carbon materials for constructing an electrode mainly composed of a carbon material capable of reversibly storing and desorbing lithium ions, natural graphite, artificial graphite, graphitized mesocarbon globules, graphitized whiskers, and air layer Examples thereof include a calcined product of grown carbon fiber, a full frill alcohol resin, and a calcined product of novolak resin.

The current collector may be chemically or electrochemically corrosion resistant. As the current collector of the polar electrode mainly composed of activated carbon, stainless steel, aluminum, titanium or tantalum can be preferably used. Of these, stainless steel or aluminum is a particularly preferable material in terms of both characteristics and price of the obtained electric double layer capacitor. Stainless steel, copper or nickel is preferably used as the current collector of the electrode mainly composed of a carbon material capable of reversibly occluding and desorbing lithium ions.

In addition, in order to store lithium ions in advance in a carbon material that can reversibly store and release lithium ions, (1) powdered lithium is mixed with a carbon material that can reversibly store and release lithium ions. Method of leaving, (2) A lithium foil is placed on an electrode formed of a carbon material and a binder that can reversibly store and release lithium ions, and this electrode is placed in a lithium salt state in electrical contact with the electrode. A method of ionizing lithium by immersing it in an electrolytic solution in which lithium ion is dissolved and incorporating lithium ions into a carbon material. (3) Formed by a carbon material and a binder that can reversibly store and release lithium ions. Place the electrode on the minus side, place the lithium metal on the plus side, immerse it in a non-aqueous electrolyte solution that uses a lithium salt as an electrolyte, and apply a current to electrochemically incorporate lithium into the carbon material in an ionized state. There is a way.

As the electric double layer capacitor, a wound type electric double layer capacitor, a laminated type electric double layer capacitor, a coin type electric double layer capacitor and the like are generally known, and the above electric double layer capacitor can also be of these types. ..

For example, in a wound electric double layer capacitor, a positive electrode and a negative electrode composed of a collector and a laminated body (electrode) of an electrode layer are wound via a separator to produce a wound element, and the wound element is made of aluminum. It is assembled by putting it in a case such as, filled with an electrolytic solution, preferably a non-aqueous electrolytic solution, and then sealing it with a rubber sealing body.

As the separator, conventionally known materials and configurations can be used. For example, polyethylene porous membrane, polytetrafluoroethylene, polypropylene fiber, glass fiber, non-woven fabric of cellulose fiber and the like can be mentioned.

Further, by a known method, a laminated electric double layer capacitor in which a sheet-shaped positive electrode and a negative electrode are laminated via an electrolytic solution and a separator, or a coin-shaped positive electrode and a negative electrode are formed into a coin type via an electrolytic solution and a separator by fixing with a gasket. It can also be a configured coin-type electric double layer capacitor.

The electrolytic solution of the present disclosure is useful as an electrolytic solution for a large lithium ion secondary battery for a hybrid vehicle or a distributed power source, or for an electric double layer capacitor.

Next, the present disclosure will be described with reference to examples, but the present disclosure is not limited to such examples.

Synthesis example 1
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid>
Methyl 2-fluoroacrylate (10 g, 96.1 mmol), ethanol (87 mL) and water (13 mL) were added to the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel, and a 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (40 g / 50 mL of water) was added dropwise thereto to pH 11 Adjusted above. After stirring this solution for 30 minutes, water was distilled off to obtain a white solid. The white solid was suspended in 150 mL of methylene chloride, and 6M hydrochloric acid was added dropwise thereto until the solid was dissolved. The methylene chloride phase was separated from the reaction solution, and the remaining aqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloride and added to the methylene chloride phase. Methylene chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure from the methylene chloride solution and dried to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.8 g, 64.7 mmol, yield 67%).

Synthesis example 2
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester>
To the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel, 1-methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (6.1 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added. After stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester (7.3 g, 44.7 mmol, yield 81%).

Synthesis example 3
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester>
To the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel, 1-methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), chlorotriethylsilane (8.4 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added. After stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester (8.2 g, 40.1 mmol, yield 72%).

Synthesis example 4
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester>
1-Methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), t-butyldimethylchlorosilane (8.4 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added to the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel. In addition, after stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester (8.1 g, 39.6 mmol, yield 71%).

Synthesis example 5
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid allyldimethylsilyl ester>
To the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel, 1-methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), allyldimethylchlorosilane (7.5 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added. After stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid allyldimethylsilyl ester (6.7 g, 35.6 mmol, yield 64%).

Synthesis example 6
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid triphenylsilyl ester>
Add 1-methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), chlorotriphenylsilane (16.4 g, 55.5 mmol) and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) to the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel. After stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid triphenylsilyl ester (9.8 g, 28.1 mmol, yield 51%).

Synthesis example 7
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid dimethylpentafluorophenylsilyl ester>
1-Methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), dimethylpentafluorophenylchlorosilane (14.5 g, 55.5 mmol), 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added to the reaction vessel substituted with nitrogen. In addition, after stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid dimethylpentafluorophenylsilyl ester (7.0 g, 22.3 mmol, yield 40%).

Synthesis example 8
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl ester>
1-Methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), chlorotris (trimethylsilyl) silane (15.7 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) were added to the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel. In addition, after stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl ester (3.7 g, 11.0 mmol, yield 20%).

Synthesis example 9
<Manufacturing of 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethoxysilyl ester>
Add 1-methylimidazole (4.6 g, 55.5 mmol), chlorotriethoxysilane (11.0 g, 55.5 mmol), and 2-fluoroacrylic acid (5.0 g, 55.5 mmol) to the nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel. After stirring at 85 ° C. for 1 hour, the separated upper layers were collected to obtain the desired 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethoxysilyl ester (5.5 g, 21.8 mmol, yield 39%).

The structure of the compound obtained above was confirmed by NMR analysis.

(Preparation of electrolyte)
Examples 1-8
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolytic solution. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 1 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution. The content of each added compound in each table indicates the ratio to the finally obtained electrolytic solution.

Example 9
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 10
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 11
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid allyldimethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 12
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triphenylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 13
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid dimethylpentafluorophenylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 14
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid tris (trimethylsilyl) silyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 15
In Example 4, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethoxysilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 16
In Example 4, a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and dimethyl carbonate (DMC) (volume ratio 30:70) was used instead of the mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) to prepare a non-aqueous electrolyte solution. Obtained.

Example 17
Non-aqueous electrolysis using a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl propionate (EP) (volume ratio 30:70) in place of the mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) in Example 4. Obtained liquid.

Example 18
In Example 10, a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and dimethyl carbonate (DMC) (volume ratio 30:70) was used instead of the mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) to prepare a non-aqueous electrolyte solution. Obtained.

Example 19
Non-aqueous electrolysis using a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl propionate (EP) (volume ratio 30:70) in place of the mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) in Example 10. Obtained liquid.

Comparative Example 1
In Example 4, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 2
In Example 4, methyl acrylate was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 3
In Example 4, bistrimethylsilyl oxalate was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

(Manufacturing of aluminum laminated lithium ion secondary battery)
[Preparation of positive electrode]
Li (Ni _1/3 Mn _1/3 Co _1/3 ) O ₂ 90% by mass as a positive electrode active material, acetylene black 5% by mass as a conductive material, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) 5 as a binder. Mass% was mixed in an N-methylpyrrolidone solvent to form a slurry. The obtained slurry was applied to one side of a 15 μm-thick aluminum foil coated with a conductive auxiliary agent in advance, dried, and rolled by a press machine. The size of the active material layer was 50 mm in width and 50 mm in length. It was cut into a shape having an uncoated portion of 30 mm, a width of 5 mm, and a length of 9 mm to obtain a positive electrode.

[Manufacturing of negative electrode]
98 parts by mass of carbonaceous material (graphite), 1 part by mass of aqueous dispersion of sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (concentration of sodium carboxymethyl cellulose 1% by mass) and aqueous dispersion of styrene-butadiene rubber (styrene-) as a thickener and binder. (Concentration of butadiene rubber 50% by mass) 1 part by mass was added and mixed with a disperser to form a slurry. The obtained slurry was applied to a copper foil having a thickness of 10 μm, dried, and rolled by a press. The size of the active material layer was 52 mm in width, 32 mm in length, and 5 mm in width and 9 mm in length. It was cut out into a shape having a portion and used as a negative electrode.

[Making aluminum laminated cells]
The positive electrode and the negative electrode are opposed to each other via a microporous polyethylene film (separator) having a thickness of 20 μm, and the non-aqueous electrolytic solution obtained above is injected. After permeation, it was sealed, precharged and aged to prepare a lithium ion secondary battery.

(Measurement of battery characteristics)
[Initial characterization]
The lithium ion secondary battery manufactured above is sandwiched between plates and pressurized, charged at 25 ° C. with a constant current corresponding to 0.2 C to 4.2 V, and then charged with a constant current of 0.2 C. It was discharged to 0V. This is performed for two cycles to stabilize the battery, and in the third cycle, after charging to 4.2 V with a constant current of 0.2 C, charging is performed with a constant voltage of 4.2 V until the current value reaches 0.05 C. , 0.2C constant current discharged to 3.0V. After that, in the 4th cycle, the battery is charged to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, then charged with a constant voltage of 4.2V until the current value reaches 0.05C, and the constant current of 0.2C is 3. The current was discharged to 0 V, and the initial discharge capacity was determined. Then, after charging to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, charging was carried out with a constant voltage of 4.2V until the current value became 0.05C.
Here, 1C represents a current value for discharging the reference capacity of the battery in 1 hour, 5C is a current value 5 times that, 0.1C is a current value 1/10 of that, and 0.2C. Represents a current value of 1/5 of that.

[High temperature storage test]
The secondary battery for which the initial characteristic evaluation was completed was stored at a high temperature under the condition of 85 ° C. for 48 hours. After the battery was sufficiently cooled, the volume was measured by the Archimedes method, and the amount of gas generated from the volume change before and after storage was determined. Next, the battery was discharged to 3 V at 0.5 C at 25 ° C., the residual capacity after high temperature storage was measured, and the capacity retention rate (%) was determined based on the following formula.
(Remaining capacity) / (Initial discharge capacity) x 100 = Capacity retention rate (%)
The results are shown in Table 1.
Subsequently, the secondary battery whose remaining capacity was measured was charged to 4.2 V at a constant current of 0.2 C at 25 ° C., and then charged to a current value of 0.05 C at a constant voltage of 4.2 V. After that, it was discharged to 3V at 0.5C. After that, after charging to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, charge until the current value reaches 0.05C with a constant voltage of 4.2V, measure the resistance after storage, and store according to the following formula. The later resistance increase rate (%) was calculated.
(Resistance after storage (Ω)) / (Initial resistance (Ω)) × 100 = Resistance increase rate after storage (%)
The results are shown in Table 1.

[High temperature cycle test]
The lithium-ion secondary battery manufactured above is sandwiched between plates and pressurized, and at 45 ° C., constant current-constant voltage charging (hereinafter referred to as CC / CV charging) up to 4.2V with a current equivalent to 1C. After (0.1C cut), the battery was discharged to 3V with a constant current of 1C, and this was set as one cycle, and the initial discharge capacity was obtained from the discharge capacity of the third cycle. Here, 1C represents a current value for discharging the reference capacity of the battery in 1 hour, and 0.2C represents, for example, a current value of 1/5 of that. The cycle was performed again, and the discharge capacity after 200 cycles was measured. The ratio of the discharge capacity after 200 cycles to the initial discharge capacity was obtained, and this was taken as the cycle capacity maintenance rate (%).
(Discharge capacity after 200 cycles) ÷ (Initial discharge capacity) x 100 = Capacity retention rate (%)
The results are shown in Table 1.

(Preparation of electrolyte)
Example 20
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of ethylene carbonate (EC) and ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC) (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolytic solution. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester and vinylene carbonate (VC) were added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the contents shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 21
In Example 20, lithium bisoxalate borate (LiBOB) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 22
In Example 20, lithium difluorophosphate (LiPO ₂ F ₂ ) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 23
In Example 20, lithium fluorosulfonate (FSO ₃ Li) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 24
In Example 20, lithium sulfate (C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 25
In Example 20, fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 26
In Example 20, 4- (2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)-[1,3] dioxolane-2-one (CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ -EC) is shown in Table 2 instead of VC. A non-aqueous electrolytic solution was obtained by adding the mixture so as to have the content described in 1.

Example 27
In Example 20, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 28
In Example 20, 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 29
In Example 28, lithium bisoxalate borate (LiBOB) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 30
In Example 28, lithium difluorophosphate (LiPO ₂ F ₂ ) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 31
In Example 28, lithium fluorosulfonate (FSO ₃ Li) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 32
In Example 28, lithium sulfate (C ₂ H ₅ OSO ₃ Li) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 33
In Example 28, fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) was added instead of VC so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 34
In Example 28, 4- (2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)-[1,3] dioxolane-2-one (CF ₃ CF ₂ CH ₂ -EC) is shown in Table 2 instead of VC. A non-aqueous electrolytic solution was obtained by adding the mixture so as to have the content described in 1.

Comparative Example 4
In Example 20, a non-aqueous electrolytic solution was obtained without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester.

Comparative Example 5
In Example 25, fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) was added so as to have the content shown in Table 2 without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 6
In Example 20, methyl acrylate was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 7
In Example 25, instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester, methyl acrylate was added so as to have the content shown in Table 2, and fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) was added so as to have the content shown in Table 2. A non-aqueous electrolyte solution was obtained.

Comparative Example 8
In Example 20, bistrimethylsilyl oxalate was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester so as to have the content shown in Table 2 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 9
In Example 25, bistrimethylsilyl oxalate was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester so as to have the content shown in Table 2, and fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) was added so as to have the content shown in Table 2. Addition gave a non-aqueous electrolyte.

(Manufacturing of aluminum laminated lithium ion secondary battery)
A lithium ion secondary battery was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the non-aqueous electrolytic solutions described in Examples 20 to 34 and Comparative Examples 4 to 9 were used.

(Measurement of battery characteristics)
[Initial characterization]
The lithium secondary battery manufactured above is sandwiched between plates and pressurized, charged to 4.2 V at a constant current equivalent to 0.2 C at 25 ° C, and then 3.0 V at a constant current of 0.2 C. Discharged to. This is performed for two cycles to stabilize the battery, and in the third cycle, after charging to 4.2 V with a constant current of 0.2 C, charging is performed with a constant voltage of 4.2 V until the current value reaches 0.05 C. , 0.2C constant current discharged to 3.0V. After that, in the 4th cycle, the battery is charged to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, then charged with a constant voltage of 4.2V until the current value reaches 0.05C, and the constant current of 0.2C is 3. The current was discharged to 0 V, and the initial discharge capacity was determined. Then, after charging to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, charging was carried out with a constant voltage of 4.2V until the current value became 0.05C, and the initial resistance was measured.

[High temperature storage test]
The secondary battery for which the initial characteristic evaluation was completed was stored at a high temperature under the condition of 85 ° C. for 48 hours. After the battery was sufficiently cooled, the volume was measured by the Archimedes method, and the amount of gas generated from the volume change before and after storage was determined. Next, the battery was discharged to 3 V at 0.5 C at 25 ° C., the residual capacity after high temperature storage was measured, and the capacity retention rate (%) was determined based on the following formula.
(Remaining capacity) / (Initial discharge capacity) x 100 = Capacity retention rate (%)
The results are shown in Table 2.
Subsequently, the secondary battery whose remaining capacity was measured was charged to 4.2 V at a constant current of 0.2 C at 25 ° C., and then charged to a current value of 0.05 C at a constant voltage of 4.2 V. After that, it was discharged to 3V at 0.5C. After that, after charging to 4.2V with a constant current of 0.2C, charge until the current value reaches 0.05C with a constant voltage of 4.2V, measure the resistance after storage, and store according to the following formula. The later resistance increase rate (%) was calculated.
(Resistance after storage (Ω)) / (Initial resistance (Ω)) × 100 = Resistance increase rate after storage (%)
The results are shown in Table 2.

[High temperature cycle test]
The lithium-ion secondary battery manufactured above is sandwiched between plates and pressurized, and at 45 ° C., constant current-constant voltage charging (hereinafter referred to as CC / CV charging) up to 4.2V with a current equivalent to 1C. After (0.1C cut), the battery was discharged to 3V with a constant current of 1C, and this was set as one cycle, and the initial discharge capacity was obtained from the discharge capacity of the third cycle. Here, 1C represents a current value for discharging the reference capacity of the battery in 1 hour, and 0.2C represents, for example, a current value of 1/5 of that. The cycle was performed again, and the discharge capacity after 200 cycles was measured. The ratio of the discharge capacity after 200 cycles to the initial discharge capacity was obtained, and this was taken as the cycle capacity maintenance rate (%).
(Discharge capacity after 200 cycles) ÷ (Initial discharge capacity) x 100 = Capacity retention rate (%)
The results are shown in Table 2.

(Preparation of electrolyte)
Example 35
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of trifluoropropylene carbonate and methyl 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl carbonate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolytic solution. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 36
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of trifluoropropylene carbonate and methyldifluoroacetate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolytic solution. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 37
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) and methyl 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl carbonate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to form a basic electrolyte. bottom. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 38
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) and methyldifluoroacetate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolytic solution. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 39
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) and methyl 3,3,3-trifluoropropionate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to form a basic electrolyte. bottom. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 40
LiPF ₆ was added to a mixture of fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC) and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acetate (volume ratio 30:70) to a concentration of 1.0 mol / liter to prepare a basic electrolyte. .. Further, 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester was added to this basic electrolytic solution so as to have the content shown in Table 3 to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 41
In Example 38, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 42
In Example 40, 2-fluoroacrylic acid triethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 43
In Example 38, 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Example 44
In Example 40, 2-fluoroacrylic acid t-butyldimethylsilyl ester was added instead of 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 10
In Example 35, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 11
In Example 36, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 12
In Example 37, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 13
In Example 38, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 14
In Example 39, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

Comparative Example 15
In Example 40, it was prepared without adding 2-fluoroacrylic acid trimethylsilyl ester to obtain a non-aqueous electrolytic solution.

(Manufacturing of aluminum laminated lithium ion secondary battery)
A lithium ion secondary battery was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the non-aqueous electrolytic solutions described in Examples 35 to 44 and Comparative Examples 10 to 15 were used.

(Measurement of battery characteristics)
[High temperature cycle characteristic test]
The lithium-ion secondary battery manufactured above is sandwiched between plates and pressurized, and at 45 ° C., constant current-constant voltage charging (hereinafter referred to as CC / CV charging) up to 4.35V with a current equivalent to 1C. After (0.1C cut), the battery was discharged to 3V with a constant current of 1C, and this was set as one cycle, and the initial discharge capacity was obtained from the discharge capacity of the third cycle. Here, 1C represents a current value for discharging the reference capacity of the battery in 1 hour, and 0.2C represents, for example, a current value of 1/5 of that. The cycle was performed again, and the discharge capacity after 200 cycles was measured. After the battery was sufficiently cooled, the volume was measured by the Archimedes method, and the amount of gas generated from the volume change before and after the cycle was determined. The ratio of the discharge capacity after 200 cycles to the initial discharge capacity was obtained, and this was taken as the cycle capacity maintenance rate (%).
(Discharge capacity after 200 cycles) ÷ (Initial discharge capacity) x 100 = Capacity retention rate (%)
The results are shown in Table 3.

Claims (5)

An electrolytic solution for an electrochemical device, which comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
General formula (1):

(In the formula, R ¹⁰¹ and R ¹⁰² are H, and R ¹⁰³ is F.
R ¹⁰⁴ has an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated independently of each other. An alkynyl group of 7, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, a trialkylsilyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated. The structure may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, N and Si. ) An electrochemical device comprising the electrolytic solution for an electrochemical device according to claim 1 . A lithium ion secondary battery comprising the electrolytic solution for an electrochemical device according to claim 1 . A module comprising the electrochemical device according to claim 2 or the lithium ion secondary battery according to claim 3 . The following general formula (11):

(In the formula, R ¹¹⁴ may be fluorinated independently of each other, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, an alkoxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated, and fluorinated. An alkynyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms which may be fluorinated , or an alkoxy group which may be fluorinated having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and O, S in the structure. , N and Si may contain at least one atom selected from the group consisting of, N and Si).